Commit graph

7227 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Dan Harkins
a8712ce5b3 EAP-pwd: Pre-processing method definitions from RFC 8146
Add new password pre-processing method definitions in preparation for
salted passwords with EAP-pwd.

Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 17:15:07 +03:00
Dan Harkins
2a5c291881 EAP-pwd: Move EC group initialization to earlier step
This is needed for adding support for salted passwords.

Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2018-05-28 17:15:07 +03:00
Sachin Ahuja
b829e4b694 Add a QCA vendor command attribute to enable/disable GTX
This commit adds a new vendor command attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_GTX in
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to enable/disable green
Tx power saving feature.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-24 18:47:48 +03:00
Lior David
91db940ff0 fst: Fix compile error in fst_ctrl_aux.h with C++ compilers
Move enum fst_reason to be a top level type, since it is used as
argument in the function fst_reason_name() and having it as nested
type caused a compile error when fst_ctrl_aux.h was included from
a C++ source file.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-21 17:47:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9be19d0b9c SAE: Add support for using the optional Password Identifier
This extends the SAE implementation in both infrastructure and mesh BSS
cases to allow an optional Password Identifier to be used. This uses the
mechanism added in P802.11REVmd/D1.0. The Password Identifier is
configured in a wpa_supplicant network profile as a new string parameter
sae_password_id. In hostapd configuration, the existing sae_password
parameter has been extended to allow the password identifier (and also a
peer MAC address) to be set. In addition, multiple sae_password entries
can now be provided to hostapd to allow multiple per-peer and
per-identifier passwords to be set.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-19 17:30:29 +03:00
Naveen Rawat
4e47eec5a9 Add QCA NAN vendor attributes to provide IPv6 information
Add NAN attributes to communicate IPv6 address, port, and protocol
between wifihal and host driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-17 22:10:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9973129646 wolfSSL: Fix crypto_bignum_rshift() wrapper
The n argument to this function is number of bits, not bytes, to shift.
As such, need to use mp_rshb() instead of mp_rshd(). This fixes EAP-pwd
with P-521 curve.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-17 22:02:02 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
4b2e03c42a wolfSSL: DH initialization to call TEST_FAIL() for error tests
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-17 20:08:22 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
2b01270c8a wolfSSL: Fix ECDH set peer to use the index when importing point
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-17 20:08:15 +03:00
Sathishkumar Muruganandam
bda9c08596 hostapd: Fix CHAN_SWITCH command for VHT20 and VHT40
Previously, hostapd CHAN_SWITCH command did not effect VHT configuration
for the following:

When VHT is currently disabled (ieee80211ac=0),

1. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5180 \
                sec_channel_offset=1 center_freq1=5190 bandwidth=40 ht

====> Comes up in HT40

2. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5765 \
                sec_channel_offset=-1 center_freq1=5775 bandwidth=40 vht

====> Comes up in HT40

3. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5200 center_freq1=5200 \
                                                  bandwidth=20 vht

====> Comes up in HT20

When VHT is currently enabled (ieee80211ac=1),

1. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5180 \
                sec_channel_offset=1 center_freq1=5190 bandwidth=40 ht

====> Comes up in VHT40

2. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5200 center_freq1=5200 \
                                                  bandwidth=20 ht

====> Comes up in VHT20

This is since VHT config from chan_switch is processed only for
bandwidths 80 and above (80P80, 160) and for VHT20, VHT40 cases, only
NLA chan type and chan width are updated.

There is no NL attribute for determining if it is HT or VHT for
bandwidths 20 & 40 and currently they are updated as HT20, HT40 (+ or -
depending on offset). Same is notified back via
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY.

Instead of adding new NL attribute for tracking HT/VHT enabled config,
we are adding new hostapd VHT config parameter to save the chan_switch
config and use only for chan_switch case of VHT20 and VHT40.

Tested with all combinations of chan_switch (noHT->20->40->80->) HT/VHT
and confirmed to be working.

Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Karthikeyan Periyasamy
c4dd3afa3c ACS: Avoid invalid interference factor when survey channel time is zero
When the channel time is zero the interference factor calculation falls
under divide by zero operation which results in invalid (NaN =
not-a-number) interference factor value. This leads to wrong ideal
channel selection in ACS during the scenario described below.

Scenario:

In VHT80 mode, the channel 36 (first channel) gets the channel time as
zero which causes the interfactor factor to be an invalid number (NaN).
Any operations (like addition, mulitplication, divide, etc.) with NaN
value results in a NaN value, so that average factor for the primary
channel 36 got the invalid value (NaN). Since channel 36 is the first
channel, ideal factor is assigned as NaN in the first iteration. The
following iteration condition check (factor < ideal_factor) with a NaN
value fail for all other primary channels. This results in channel 36
being chosen as the ideal channel in ACS which holds a NaN value.

Logs:

ACS: Survey analysis for channel 36 (5180 MHz)
ACS: 1: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=nan nf=0 time=0 busy=0 rx=0
ACS: 2: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=0.615385 nf=-102 time=13 busy=8 rx=0
ACS: 3: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=2.45455 nf=0 time=22 busy=16 rx=0
ACS: 4: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=0.785714 nf=-103 time=42 busy=33 rx=0
ACS: 5: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=nan nf=0 time=0 busy=0 rx=0
ACS:  * interference factor average: nan
...
ACS:  * channel 36: total interference = nan
..
ACS:  * channel 149: total interference = 5.93174e-21
..
ACS: Ideal channel is 36 (5180 MHz) with total interference factor of nan

Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <periyasa@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Jeff Johnson
6965705bf5 Fix style issues in qca-vendor.h
Over time a number of style issues have crept into qca-vendor.h,
so fix most of them. There are some identifiers and comments which
exceed 80 columns, but these are left as-is for readability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
7d66e7c408 Define new QCA feature flag for self managed regulatory support
This can be used to determine which mechanism to use for configuring
country code from trusted sources.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
38f60142d2 Define test config vendor attribute for Tx beamformee configuration
Add a new wifi test config QCA vendor attribute to configure Tx
beamformee in the driver. This is used for testbed configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46053a4c93 wext: Avoid gcc warnings on restricted pointer aliasing
The first two parameters to readlink() are marked restricted and at
least gcc 8.2 warns about used the same pointer for then, so avoid this
by using separate buffers for the pathname and response buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d267bdf9bd Silence new gcc warnings on switch statement fallthroughs
Reword the comments to make gcc 8.1 recognize these as designed cases
and not trigger implicit-fallthrough warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-15 20:55:17 +03:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
98b806b03d Add QCA vendor attribute for spectral hardware generation
Add spectral hardware generation attribute to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CAP_INFO vendor command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-04 20:44:05 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
ab35793ec1 wolfSSL: Fix EAP-FAST key derivation
Implement tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key() using cryptographic
primitives as wolfSSL implements different spec.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
71faf06cb6 wolfSSL: Do not free cert store after setting it
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
b7f5b0ec65 wolfSSL: Fix OCSP ifdefs
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
ca620a3642 wolfSSL: Fix altSubjectName handling
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
7be462084e wolfSSL: Use defines from wolfssl/options.h
Depend on proper wolfSSL configuration instead of trying to define these
build configuration values externally.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
385dd7189a wolfSSL: Use wolfSSL memory allocation in dh5_init()
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
6590d84664 wolfSSL: Load certificates using 'chain' APIs
This allows the full chain to be loaded.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
fc5e88e3ea wolfSSL: Changes for memory allocation failure testing
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
06657d3166 wolfSSL: Fix crypto_hash_init() memory clearing
Explicitly clear the allocated memory to avoid uninitialized data in
struct crypto_hash.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
d396057109 wolfSSL: Fix crypto_ec_point_y_sqr()
Use the correct intermediate result from mp_sqrmod() in the following
mp_mulmod() call (t is not initialized here; it is used only after this
step).

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
e3501ac18f wolfSSL: Fix crypto_ec_point_solve_y_coord()
Provide full uncompressed DER data length to wc_ecc_import_point_der()
even though a compressed form is used here. In addition, use
ECC_POINT_COMP_* defined values to make this more readable.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
187ad3a303 wolfSSL: Add crypto_ecdh_*()
Implement the wrapper functions for ECDH operations.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:49 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
3d2f638d61 wolfSSL: Use new digest namespace
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 12:04:46 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
847665ebec wolfSSL: Fix conditional EAP-FAST compilation issue
Variable name was partially renamed during earlier cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 00:37:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d501c27cfe EAP-TLS server: Disable TLS v1.3 by default
The current EAP peer implementation is not yet ready for the TLS v1.3
changes with EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP, and EAP-FAST, so disable TLS v1.3 for
this EAP method for now.

While the current EAP-TLS implementation is more or less complete for
TLS v1.3, there has been no interoperability testing with other
implementations, so disable for by default for now until there has been
chance to confirm that no significant interoperability issues show up
with TLS version update. tls_flags=[ENABLE-TLSv1.3] configuration
parameter can be used to enable TLS v1.3 (assuming the TLS library
supports it; e.g., when using OpenSSL 1.1.1).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 22:13:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8a7af9a38 EAP-TLS peer: Disable TLS v1.3 by default
The current EAP peer implementation is not yet ready for the TLS v1.3
changes with EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP, and EAP-FAST, so disable TLS v1.3 for
this EAP method for now.

While the current EAP-TLS implementation is more or less complete for
TLS v1.3, there has been no interoperability testing with other
implementations, so disable for by default for now until there has been
chance to confirm that no significant interoperability issues show up
with TLS version update. phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_3=0" configuration
parameter can be used to enable TLS v1.3 (assuming the TLS library
supports it; e.g., when using OpenSSL 1.1.1).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 22:13:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbbc7e8016 EAP-TLS: Extend TLS version config to allow TLS v1.3 to be disabled
This may be needed to avoid interoperability issues with the new
protocol version and significant changes for EAP use cases in both key
derivation and handshake termination.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 22:13:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
53b34578f3 OpenSSL: Move server vs. client information into connection data
This makes this more easily available throughout the handshake
processing, if needed, compared to having to pass through the function
argument through the full path from
tls_connection{,_server}_handshake().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 21:45:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0de820b333 EAP-TLS peer: MSK/EMSK derivation with TLS v1.3
Use new MSK/EMSK derivation mechanism if TLS v1.3 or newer is used per
draft-mattsson-eap-tls13-02.txt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:53:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1854981c78 EAP-TLS peer: Allow NewSessionTicket after Client Finished with TLS v1.3
The EAP session cannot be marked fully completed on sending Client
Finished with TLS v1.3 since the server may still send NewSessionTicket
before EAP-Success.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:51:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6dd98483eb EAP-TLS peer: Support fragmentation of last message
With TLS v1.3, the Finished message from the client can require
fragmentation. Postpone key derivation and marking of the EAP session
fully completed until all the fragments of that last message are sent to
avoid losing all the subsequent fragments.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:49:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a80423b521 EAP-TLS server: MSK/EMSK derivation with TLS v1.3
Use new MSK/EMSK derivation mechanism if TLS v1.3 or newer is used per
draft-mattsson-eap-tls13-02.txt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:47:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bac1bdba3e EAP-TLS peer: Determine whether TLS v1.3 or newer is used
This is needed to be able to handle different key derivation and message
handshakes in EAP implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:45:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fe7b06c5e1 EAP-TLS server: Determine whether TLS v1.3 or newer is used
This is needed to be able to handle different key derivation and message
handshakes in EAP implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:44:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c26ac18958 Mark eap_server_tls_derive_key() label argument const
This value is going to be used only with a helper function that takes it
in as a const value, so use the same style here to simplify callers in
upcoming TLS v1.3 changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:43:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
34c6949fb7 EAP-TLS server: Remove trailing whitespace
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 17:40:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a576c4736 OpenSSL: Terminate TLS handshake if ClientHello cannot be generated
OpenSSL 1.1.1 added cases where ClientHello generation may fail due to
"no ciphers available". There is no point in sending out the resulting
TLS Alert message to the server since the server does not know what to
do with it before ClientHello. Instead, simply terminate the TLS
handshake locally and report EAP failure to avoid getting stuck waiting
for a timeout.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 13:23:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2439714f90 DPP: Fix testing code for invalid keys with OpenSSL 1.1.1
OpenSSL started reporting failures from
EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp() similarly to BoringSSL, so use the
same workaround to enable this protocol testing case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 12:02:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04ee197f87 HS 2.0: Maintain a database of pending T&C acceptance sessions
The new SQLite table pending_tc is used to maintain a list of sessions
that need to accept Terms and Conditions. This information can be used
on an external Terms and Conditions server to map the incoming MAC
address information into user identity.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-30 20:12:36 +03:00
Karthikeyan Periyasamy
6b21df0bb7 Add QCA vendor command/attr to filter frames from other BSSs
Add commands to allow an AP to configure filtering rules to capture
frames from stations that are active on the operating channel, but
not associated to this AP. Operations include add/delete the filter
and get the statistics information of the unassociated stations.

Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <periyasa@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-26 17:56:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4526038092 HS 2.0: Terms and Conditions testing feature in authentication server
Allow hostapd RADIUS authentication server with SQLite EAP user DB to be
used for testing Terms and Conditions functionality. This could be used
for the HO AAA part of functionality (merging HO AAA and SP AAA into a
single component to avoid separate RADIUS proxy in testing setup).

A T&C server with HTTPS processing is needed to allow this to be used
for full over-the-air testing. This commit adds sufficient functionality
to allow hwsim test cases to cover the RADIUS server part.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-26 17:56:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f456940ef3 HS 2.0: CoA-Request processing for Terms and Conditions filtering
Extend RADIUS DAS to support CoA-Request packets for the case where the
HS 2.0 Terms And Conditions filtering VSA is used to remove filtering.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-25 12:57:46 +03:00
mazumdar
d239ab3962 DFS: Mark channels required DFS based on reg-domain info from the driver
Mark a channel as required DFS based on regulatory information received
from the driver/kernel rather than deciding based on hardcoded
boundaries on the frequency. Previously few channels were being marked
as requiring DFS even though they were non-DFS in a particular country.

If the driver does not provide channel list information, fall back to
the previously used frequency-based determination.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7fc6a024f9 HS 2.0: Process received Terms and Conditions Acceptance notification
Extend wpa_supplicant WNM-Notification RX handling to parse and process
received Terms and Conditions Acceptance notifications. If PMF is
enabled for the association, this frame results in control interface
indication (HS20-T-C-ACCEPTANCE <URL>) to get upper layers to guide the
user through the required acceptance steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8760b9848c HS 2.0: Send Terms and Conditions Acceptance notification
This extends hostapd Access-Accept processing to check if the RADIUS
server indicated that Terms and Conditions Acceptance is required. The
new hs20_t_c_server_url parameter is used to specify the server URL
template that the STA is requested to visit.

This commit does not enable any kind of filtering, i.e., only the part
of forwarding a request from Access-Accept to the STA using
WNM-Notification is covered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6cb8f4f382 HS 2.0: Terms and Conditions attributes in Access-Request messages
This extends hostapd with two new configuration parameters
(hs20_t_c_filename and hs20_t_c_timestamp) that can be used to specify
that the Terms and Conditions attributes are to be added into all
Access-Request messages for Hotspot 2.0 STAs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
1952b626ba hostapd: Add ctrl iface indications for WDS STA interface
This allows user to get event indication when a new interface is
added/removed for 4addr WDS STA and also WDS STA ifname is informed
through the STA command.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2598e69303 FILS: Enable SHA256 KDF even without PMF/SAE in the build
While it is unlikely that FILS would be used without PMF or SAE in the
build, it is possible to generate such a build and as such, it would be
good for the KDF selection to work properly. Add CONFIG_FILS as an
independent condition for the SHA256-based KDF. Previously, this
combination would have resulted in failure to derive keys and terminated
key management exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1baa130bd0 nl80211: Print NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE errors in debug log
This makes it easier to understand what happened with PS configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Tova Mussai
c4315e6620 AP: Handle AP initalization failure in async flow
When AP initialization is completed in a callback (e.g., OBSS scan),
wpa_supplicant_deinit_ap() is not called in case of failure. Fix this by
calling setup_complete_cb in case of failure, too, which in turn calls
wpa_supplicant_deinit_ap() if needed.

Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
2018-04-20 00:48:49 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
86c998d37a FT: Add FT auth algorithm to connect params when roaming
Add WPA FT auth to connect params in case of a re-connection to ESS
supporting FT when FT was used in the first connect.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-20 00:35:41 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
3dc3afe298 FT: Add MDE to assoc request IEs in connect params
Add MDE (mobility domain element) to Association Request frame IEs in
the driver assoc params. wpa_supplicant will add MDE only if the network
profile allows FT, the selected AP supports FT, and the mobility domain
ID matches.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-20 00:32:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
67cca34645 HS 2.0: Copy Roaming Consortium OI from (Re)AssocReq to Access-Request
This extends hostapd processing of (Re)Association Request frames to
store a local copy of the Consortium OI within the Roaming Consortium
Selection element, if present, and then add that in HS 2.0 Roaming
Consortium attribute into RADIUS Access-Request messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 16:40:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e450db285 HS 2.0: Allow configuration of operator icons
This extends hostapd Hotspot 2.0 implementation to allow operator icons
to be made available. The existing hs20_icon parameter is used to define
the icons and the new operator_icon parameter (zero or more entries) is
used to specify which of the available icons are operator icons. The
operator icons are advertised in the Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element
while the icon data can be fetched using the same mechanism (icon
request/binary file) that was added for the OSU Providers icons.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 16:40:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a8a04d742 HS 2.0: Add fetching of Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element
This extends wpa_supplicant Hotspot 2.0 ANQP routines to allow the
Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element to be fetched with "ANQP_GET <bssid>
hs20:12". The result is available in the new hs20_operator_icon_metadata
entry in the "BSS <bssid>" output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 16:40:42 +03:00
Ben Greear
f875da0448 nl80211: Add MLME auth work-around for -EEXIST errno
The Linux 4.9 kernel, at least, can return EEXIST when trying to auth a
station that already exists.

We have seen this bug in multiple places, but it is difficult to
reproduce. Here is a link to someone else that appears to have hit this
issue: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/issues/18

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-04-15 21:58:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ecdf06c8c DPP: Fix build with LibreSSL v2.5
The ECDSA_SIG_{set,get}0() wrappers are needed with LibreSSL v2.5 (but
not v2.7.2).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-15 00:01:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b603f01de DPP: Fix X509_ALGOR_get0() use with LibreSSL
At least LibreSSL v2.7.2 indicates support for OpenSSL API 1.1.0, but it
does not apparently use const ASN1_OBJECT * with X509_ALGOR_get0(). Use
the older non-const version here with LibreSSL to fix compilation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-15 00:01:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dee566d98e OpenSSL: Skip SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 if not defined to fix LibreSSL build
LibreSSL v2.7 claims an OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER value that would indicate
that SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 is available, but that does not seem to be the
case with LibreSSL. As such, skip this step based on whether
SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 is defined to avoid build issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-15 00:01:35 +03:00
Bernard Spil
ba3658cfff Fix build with LibreSSL 2.7
LibreSSL 2.7 adds (most of) the OpenSSL 1.1 API.

Signed-off-by: Bernard Spil <brnrd@FreeBSD.org>
2018-04-15 00:01:33 +03:00
Daniel Golle
d6d7debb5d Fix wpa_supplicant build with CONFIG_NO_WPA
pmksa_cache stubs have not been updated when function prototypes have
been modified in commit 852b2f2738 (SAE: Only allow SAE AKMP for PMKSA
caching attempts). Add new function parameter int akmp to stubs of
pmksa_cache_get() and pmksa_cache_set_current() as well to fix build.

Fixes: 852b2f2738 ("SAE: Only allow SAE AKMP for PMKSA caching attempts")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2018-04-13 11:43:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
852b2f2738 SAE: Only allow SAE AKMP for PMKSA caching attempts
Explicitly check the PMKSA cache entry to have matching SAE AKMP for the
case where determining whether to use PMKSA caching instead of new SAE
authentication. Previously, only the network context was checked, but a
single network configuration profile could be used with both WPA2-PSK
and SAE, so should check the AKMP as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-09 19:34:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8e402d1657 WPA: Fix a typo in a debug message
"PT derivation" was supposed to be saying "PTK derivation".

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-08 19:44:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1bd131105b Clear pmk_len more consistently for extra protection
This gives more protection against unexpected behavior if RSN supplicant
code ends up trying to use sm->pmk[] with a stale value. Couple of the
code paths did not clear sm->pmk_len explicitly in cases where the old
PMK is being removed, so cover those cases as well to make sure these
will result in PMK-to-PTK derivation failures rather than use of
incorrect PMK value if such a code path could be reached somehow.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-08 19:44:05 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
26e0ada47f Define new test config attribute for HE LTF configuration
Add a new wifi test config attribute to configure HE LTF in the
driver. This is used for testbed configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-06 23:41:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d6eb9f2e2 Fix hostapd wmm_enabled setup on config reload path
If there is no explicit wmm_enabled parameter in the configuration
(i.e., conf->wmm_enabled == -1), the configuration reload path needs to
initialize conf->wmm_enabled based on iconf->ieee80211n in
hostapd_reload_bss() similarly to what is done in the initial startup
case in hostapd_setup_bss().

This fixes issues with RSN capabilities being set incorrectly when WMM
is supposed to get enabled and unexpectedly enabling WMM when it is not
supposed to be enabled (HT disabled). Either of these issues could show
up when asking hostapd to reload the configuration file (and when that
file does not set wmm_enabled explicitly).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-06 23:29:11 +03:00
Michael Braun
a6509e850e FT: Add session_timeout to push/resp
This ensures a session timeout configured on R0KH either using
RADIUS-based ACL or 802.1X authentication is copied over to the new
R1KH.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:57:53 +03:00
Michael Braun
3cb286ca49 FT: Add set/get session_timeout callback functions
These are needed to allow wpa_auth_ft.c to control session_timeout
values for STAs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:48:15 +03:00
Michael Braun
13f118dc59 Convert STA session_timeout to os_reltime
This is needed to allow the remaining session time to be computed for FT
(when sending PMK-R1 to another AP).

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:48:11 +03:00
Michael Braun
069b4e3048 FT: Include identity and radius_cui in pull/resp frames
This allows APs using FT to get the EAP session information from R0KH to
R1KHs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:09:16 +03:00
Michael Braun
9fbe292ff3 FT: Move wpa_ft_rrb_build_r0() special case to caller
Handle the special case of no PMK-R0 entry in the caller instead of
having to have wpa_ft_rrb_build_r0() aware of the possibility of pmk_r0
being NULL.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:09:16 +03:00
Michael Braun
8c345234fd FT: Add set/get identity/radius_cui callback functions
These are needed to allow wpa_auth_ft.c to control identity/radius_cui
values for STAs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:01:16 +03:00
Michael Braun
17a8a9893f Fix potential memory leak with identity/radius_cui
ieee802_11_set_radius_info() might be called with a STA entry that has
already stored identity and/or radius_cui information, so make sure the
old values get freed before being replaced by the new ones.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:01:16 +03:00
Michael Braun
17010c38d0 FT: Add IEEE VLAN support (including tagged VLANs)
This uses set_vlan()/get_vlan() callbacks to fetch and configure the
VLAN of STA. Transmission of VLAN information between APs uses new TLVs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-06 19:01:13 +03:00
Michael Braun
47a039b01b FT: Add set_vlan()/get_vlan() callback functions
These are needed to allow wpa_auth_ft.c to control VLAN assignment for
STAs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 22:39:21 +03:00
Michael Braun
3a3e28320b FT: Add expiration to PMK-R0 and PMK-R1 cache
IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 12.7.1.7.1 indicates that the lifetime of the
PMK-R0 (and PMK-R1) is bound to the lifetime of PSK or MSK from which
the key was derived. This is currently stored in r0_key_lifetime, but
cache entries are not actually removed.

This commit uses the r0_key_lifetime configuration parameter when
wpa_auth_derive_ptk_ft() is called. This may need to be extended to use
the MSK lifetime, if provided by an external authentication server, with
some future changes. For PSK, there is no such lifetime, but it also
matters less as FT-PSK can be achieved without inter-AP communication.

The expiration timeout is then passed from R0KH to R1KH. The R1KH verifies
that the given timeout for sanity, it may not exceed the locally configured
r1_max_key_lifetime.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 13:58:20 +03:00
Michael Braun
09211c9894 FT: Use dl_list for PMK-R0/R1 cache
This makes it easier to remove expired entries from the list.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 13:56:04 +03:00
Michael Braun
89dea17e13 FT: Add helper function for FILS key storing
FILS calls wpa_ft_store_pmk_r0() from wpa_auth.c. This is moved into a
new function wpa_ft_store_pmk_fils() in preparation of additional
information being needed.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 13:47:43 +03:00
Michael Braun
83fe4bd3bf FT: Convert r0_key_lifetime to seconds
Add a new configuration option ft_r0_key_lifetime that deprecates
r0_key_lifetime. Though, the old configuration is still accepted for
backwards compatibility.

This simplifies testing. All other items are in seconds as well. In
addition, this makes dot11FTR0KeyLifetime comment match with what got
standardized in the end in IEEE Std 802.11r-2008.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-04-05 13:47:23 +03:00
Ben Greear
c6b5b9a33b hostapd: Add more authentication error case debugging
This can help one understand better why stations are failing
to authenticate.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-04-02 16:53:10 +03:00
Ben Greear
e2fc13d0ab hostapd: Add logging around Michael MIC related failures
This can help one understand better why stations are failing
to authentication/associate.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-04-02 16:51:29 +03:00
Ben Greear
e7525a2954 hostapd: Add send_auth_reply() caller info in debug logging
This can help one understand better what happens during the
authentication exchange.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-04-02 16:47:26 +03:00
Davide Caratti
d89edb6112 wpa_supplicant: Don't reply to EAPOL if pkt_type is PACKET_OTHERHOST
When wpa_supplicant is running on a Linux interface that is configured in
promiscuous mode, and it is not a member of a bridge, incoming EAPOL
packets are processed regardless of the Destination Address in the frame.
As a consequence, there are situations where wpa_supplicant replies to
EAPOL packets that are not destined for it.

This behavior seems undesired (see IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, 11.4.a), and can
be avoided by attaching a BPF filter that lets the kernel discard packets
having pkt_type equal to PACKET_OTHERHOST.

Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2018-04-02 12:21:27 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
9f917339cc tests: Fix clearing of IGTK PN in handshake retransmit test functions
When locating the position of the IGTK PN in the key data, we also need
to skip the KDE header, in addition to the keyid field. This fixes
hostapd RESEND_M3 and RESEND_GROUP_M1 behavior when PMF is negotiated
for the association. Previously, the IGTK KDE ended up getting
practically hidden since zeroing of the PN ended up clearing the KDE OUI
and Type fields.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-04-01 21:47:16 +03:00
Ahmed ElArabawy
45f7574d31 Propagate the EAP method error code
In the current implementation, upon an EAP method failure, followed by
an EAP failure, the EAP Status is propagated up in wpa_supplicant with a
general failure parameter string "failure". This parameter is used for a
notification on the dbus.

This commit reports the EAP method failure error code in a separate
callback.

The solution in this commit is generic to all EAP methods, and can be
used by any method that need to pass its error code. However, this
commit only implements the reporting for EAP-SIM and EAP-AKA methods
where the Notification Code (in AT_NOTIFICATION) is used as the method
specific error code value.

Signed-off-by: Ahmed ElArabawy <arabawy@google.com>
2018-03-31 11:57:33 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
77a020a118 wpa_supplicant: Fix auth failure when the MAC is updated externally
When connecting to a WPA-EAP network and the MAC address is changed
just before the association (for example by NetworkManager, which sets
a random MAC during scans), the authentication sometimes fails in the
following way ('####' logs added by me):

wpa_supplicant logs:
 wlan0: WPA: RX message 1 of 4-Way Handshake from 02:00:00:00:01:00 (ver=1)
 RSN: msg 1/4 key data - hexdump(len=22): dd 14 00 0f ac 04 d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 WPA: PMKID in EAPOL-Key - hexdump(len=22): dd 14 00 0f ac 04 d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 RSN: PMKID from Authenticator - hexdump(len=16): d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 wlan0: RSN: no matching PMKID found
 EAPOL: Successfully fetched key (len=32)
 WPA: PMK from EAPOL state machines - hexdump(len=32): [REMOVED]
 #### WPA: rsn_pmkid():
 #### WPA: aa              - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 01 00
 #### WPA: spa             - hexdump(len=6): 66 20 cf ab 8c dc
 #### WPA: PMK             - hexdump(len=32): b5 24 76 4f 6f 50 8c f6 a1 2e 24 b8 07 4e 9a 13 1b 94 c4 a8 1f 7e 22 d6 ed fc 7d 43 c7 77 b6 f7
 #### WPA: computed PMKID  - hexdump(len=16): ea 73 67 b1 8e 5f 18 43 58 24 e8 1c 47 23 87 71
 RSN: Replace PMKSA entry for the current AP and any PMKSA cache entry that was based on the old PMK
 nl80211: Delete PMKID for 02:00:00:00:01:00
 wlan0: RSN: PMKSA cache entry free_cb: 02:00:00:00:01:00 reason=1
 RSN: Added PMKSA cache entry for 02:00:00:00:01:00 network_ctx=0x5630bf85a270
 nl80211: Add PMKID for 02:00:00:00:01:00
 wlan0: RSN: PMKID mismatch - authentication server may have derived different MSK?!

hostapd logs:
 WPA: PMK from EAPOL state machine (MSK len=64 PMK len=32)
 WPA: 02:00:00:00:00:00 WPA_PTK entering state PTKSTART
 wlan1: STA 02:00:00:00:00:00 WPA: sending 1/4 msg of 4-Way Handshake
 #### WPA: rsn_pmkid():
 #### WPA: aa              - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 01 00
 #### WPA: spa             - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 00 00
 #### WPA: PMK             - hexdump(len=32): b5 24 76 4f 6f 50 8c f6 a1 2e 24 b8 07 4e 9a 13 1b 94 c4 a8 1f 7e 22 d6 ed fc 7d 43 c7 77 b6 f7
 #### WPA: computed PMKID  - hexdump(len=16): d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 WPA: Send EAPOL(version=1 secure=0 mic=0 ack=1 install=0 pairwise=1 kde_len=22 keyidx=0 encr=0)

That's because wpa_supplicant computed the PMKID using the wrong (old)
MAC address used during the scan. wpa_supplicant updates own_addr when
the interface goes up, as the MAC can only change while the interface
is down. However, drivers don't report all interface state changes:
for example the nl80211 driver may ignore a down-up cycle if the down
message is processed later, when the interface is already up. In such
cases, wpa_supplicant (and in particular, the EAP state machine) would
continue to use the old MAC.

Add a new driver event that notifies of MAC address changes while the
interface is active.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2018-03-30 12:16:42 +03:00
Alejandro Pérez Méndez
2ff9696d3b Add definitions for RADIUS attributes standardised in RFC 7055
hostap code is used by the Moonshot software (an implementation of the
GSS EAP mechanism - RFC 7055), and those definitions are required but
missing.

Signed-off-by: Alejandro Perez <alex.perez-mendez@jisc.ac.uk>
2018-03-30 11:04:29 +03:00
Dmitry Lebed
c17915462a nl80211: Add DFS offload support using upstream nl80211 definitions
Add generic DFS offload support using the nl80211 feature that was
recently added to the mac80211-next tree. This uses the already
available DFS offload infrastructure that was previously used with
vendor specific definitions and just sets necessary flags (DFS_OFFLOAD
ext_feature) and forawrds CAC_STARTED event for processing.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Lebed <lebed.dmitry@gmail.com>
2018-03-30 10:56:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1841086adf Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2018-03-26.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-03-30 10:54:57 +03:00
Kabilan Kannan
7cfe2f0011 Add SAR V2 power selection capability (QCA vendor attributes)
Add changes to select SAR V2 power limits using the existing QCA vendor
command.

Signed-off-by: Kabilan Kannan <kabilank@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-30 10:49:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e1d3ee963 Add hostapd.conf venue_url to set Venue URL ANQP-element
The new venue_url parameter can now be used to set the Venue URL ANQP
information instead of having to construct the data and use
anqp_elem=277:<hexdump> to set the raw value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-26 16:10:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d555c39c41 FILS: Fix CONFIG_FILS=y build without CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-26 12:33:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f37387812 FILS: Add more complete support for FT-FILS use cases
This extends the original IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016 functionality with the
changes added in REVmd to describe how additional keys are derived to
protect the FT protocol using keys derived through FILS authentication.

This allows key_mgmt=FT-FILS-SHA256 to be used with FT protocol since
the FTE MIC can now be calculated following the changes in REVmd. The
FT-FILS-SHA384 case is still unsupported (it needs support for variable
length MIC field in FTE).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-26 12:31:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ddca8142e FT: Derive PMK-R1 locally if requested PMKR0Name is found
Derive PMK-R1 locally if the derived PMKR1Name is not found from the
local cache, but the request is for a key that was originally generated
locally (R0KH-ID matches) and the PMKR0Name is found in the local cache.
This was apparently not hit in the previously used FT sequences, but
this is useful to have available if a PMK-R1 entry is dropped from the
local cache before PMK-R0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-24 18:53:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1dc0945cc9 FT: Do not send PMK-R1 pull request to own R0KH address
If the requested key is not available locally, there is no point in
trying to send a pull request back to self for the key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-24 18:53:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1778f1e9a4 SAE: Fix PTK derivation to use KDF-SHA256
The previous implementation ended up defaulting to using PRF-SHA1 for
deriving PTK from PMK when SAE was used. This is not correct since the
SAE AKM is defined to be using SHA-256 -based KDF instead. Fix that.

Note: This change is not backwards compatible. Both the AP and station
side implementations will need to be updated at the same time to
maintain functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-23 18:44:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d94e4bb6b SAE: Fix PMKID in EAPOL-Key msg 1/4
Previously, the association that used SAE authentication ended up
recalculating the PMKID for EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 using incorrect
PMK-to-PMKID derivation instead of using the previously derived PMKID
from SAE. The correct PMKID was used only when going through PMKSA
caching exchange with a previously derived PMKSA from SAE.

Fix this by storing the SAE PMKID into the state machine entry for the
initial SAE authentication case when there is no explicit PMKSA entry
attached to the station.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-23 18:44:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a03f9d17ea SAE: Fix FT-SAE key derivation for a case where PMKID in msg 1/4 matches
Previously, matching PMKSA cache entry ended up clearing XXKey. However,
that XXKey is needed in the specific case where FT-SAE goes through the
initial mobility domain association with SAE authentication. FT-SAE
worked previously since the hostapd side generation of the particular
PMKID value in msg 1/4 was broken, but once that PMKID is fixed,
wpa_supplicant will need this fix to allow FT-SAE to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-23 18:44:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10949e2480 Do not disable 40 MHz based on co-ex report with matching primary channel
When processing 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frames that do not
explicitly require 40 MHz to be disabled, check whether the reported
channels in 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report element match the
current primary channel. If so, allow 40 MHz operation to continue. This
makes the during-operation updates for 20/40 Operation Permitted more
consistent with the scans during initial BSS startup.

The received 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report channels are to be used
in the OT set in the during-operation determination and the P == OT_i
exception was ignored in the previous implementation which could result
in the AP first starting with 40 MHz and then dropping to 20 MHz on
first received 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame even though there
was no change in the neighboring BSSs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-21 16:58:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8cbd9c3ed4 Support multiple 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report elements
This extends 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame processing to
iterate over all the included 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report
elements instead of using only the first one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-21 16:53:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8127a0ac02 Ignore intra-BSS 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management from not-associated STA
The 20 MHz BSS Width Request field is set to 1 only for intra-BSS
reports. As such, ignore the frame if such a claim is made by a
transmitter that is not currently associated with the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-21 16:35:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8aa599d45a Add more debug prints for 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame Rx
This makes it easier to understand what kind of information a STA is
reporting about 20/40 MHz coexistence requirements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-21 16:32:35 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
d58c3bd8b7 hostapd: Ignore LOW_ACK event for co-operative steering clients
Ignore hostapd_event_sta_low_ack for a station which has agreed to
steering by checking the agreed_to_steer flag. This flag will be set
whenever a station accepts the BSS transition request from the AP.
Without this ignoring of the LOW_ACK event, the steering in-progress
might be affected due to disassociation. In this way AP will allow some
time (two seconds) for the station to move away and reset the flag after
the timeout.

Co-Developed-by: Tamizh Chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 20:16:32 +02:00
Tamizh chelvam
ec2b5173ce Make STA opmode change event available to upper layers
Add an event callback for EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED to allow
user/application to get the notification whenever there is a change in a
station's HT/VHT op mode.

The new events:
STA-OPMODE-MAX-BW-CHANGED <addr> <20(no-HT)|20|40|80|80+80|160>
STA-OPMODE-SMPS-MODE-CHANGED <addr> <automatic|off|dynamic|static>
STA-OPMODE-N_SS-CHANGED <addr> <N_SS>

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 20:07:22 +02:00
Tamizh chelvam
e8ada1600f nl80211: Add support for STA opmode change events
The nl80211 driver can report STA_OPMODE notification event as soon as
it receives an HT/VHT Action frame about modification of station's SMPS
mode/bandwidth/RX NSS. Add support to parse such events.

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 19:57:25 +02:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
72123a84cb hostapd: Add last_ack_rssi into ctrl iface cmd STA
This allows external application to get last ACK signal strength of the
last transmitted frame if the driver makes this information
(NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL) available.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 19:23:26 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
f5701cc66e OWE: Clean up pointer check in a testing code path
Check wpa_auth_write_assoc_resp_owe() return value to keep static
analyzers happier. The code path where this could happen is not really
reachable due to the separate hapd->conf->own_ie_override check and
wpa_auth_write_assoc_resp_owe() returning NULL only in an error case in
the override path. Furthermore, clean up the pointer return value to use
a proper pointer (NULL vs. 0).

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 19:08:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebe61e564c Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2018-02-13.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-03-19 19:08:15 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
8179ae3a2a DPP: Support retrieving of configurator's private key
To retain configurator information across hostapd/wpa_supplicant
restart, private key need to be maintained to generate a valid pair of
authentication keys (connector, netaccess_key, csign) for new enrollees
in the network.

Add a DPP_CONFIGURATOR_GET_KEY control interface API through which the
private key of an existing configurator can be fetched.

Command format:
DPP_CONFIGURATOR_GET_KEY <configurator_id>

The output from this command can then be used with
"DPP_CONFIGURATOR_ADD key=<hexdump>" to create the same key again.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-16 20:55:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bc801ab42 SAE: Fix EAPOL-Key integrity and key-wrap algorithm selection
The SAE AKM 00-0F-AC:8 is supposed to use EAPOL-Key Key Descriptor
Version 0 (AKM-defined) with AES-128-CMAC and NIST AES Key Wrap.
However, the previous implementation ended up using Key Descriptor
Version 2 (HMAC-SHA-1-128 and NIST AES Key Wrap). Fix this by using the
appropriate Key Descriptor Version and integrity algorithm. Use helper
functions to keep the selection clearer and more consistent between
wpa_supplicant and hostapd uses.

Note: This change is not backwards compatible. Both the AP and station
side implementations will need to be updated at the same time to
maintain functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-16 13:36:42 +02:00
Srinivas Dasari
d74963d411 DPP: Extend dpp_test 89 functionality to transmit side
This extends dpp_test functionality to allow DPP exchanges to be stopped
after authentication is completed on the Initiator, i.e., after sending
out the Authentication Confirm message. Previously, dpp_test=89 was used
only on the Responder side to stop after receiving the Authentication
Confirm message. The main use case for this extended functionality is to
be able to stop the protocol exchange on a device that acts as
authentication Initiator and Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-13 01:03:37 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
f8bfc9cbde Use correct WPA_ALG_* values to compare for enum wpa_alg
enum wpa_alg was being compared with WPA_CIPHER_* values. That does not
work here and strict compilers will report this as an error. Fix the
comparision to use proper WPA_ALG_* values. This fixes testing
capability for resetting IPN for BIP.

Fixes: 16579769ff ("Add testing functionality for resetting PN/IPN for configured keys")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-13 00:32:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cce16e43f8 mka: Mark ieee802_1x_kay_create_mka() ckn and cak arguments const
These structures are not modified or freed (i.e., only data from them is
copied), so mark the arguments const to document this a bit more clearly
now that there was a memory leak in one of the callers to this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-03-11 17:04:34 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
3a52f6b387 mka: Do not print contents of SAK to debug log
Log newly generated SAKs as well as unwrapped SAKs with wpa_hexdump_key()
rather than wpa_hexdump(). By default, the wpa_hexdump_key() function
will not display sensitive key data.

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 16:52:56 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
77977b3d5d mka: Detect duplicate MAC addresses during key server election
In the unlikely event the local KaY and the elected peer have the same
actor priority as well as the same MAC address, log a warning message
and do not elect a key server. Resolution is for network administrator
to reconfigure MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 16:49:00 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
5762855abd mka: Loss of live peers to result in connect PENDING not AUTHENTICATED
When the number of live peers becomes 0 the KaY was setting
kay->authenticated true and telling the CP to connect AUTHENTICATED.
Per IEEE Std 802.1X-2010 Clause 12.2, MKA.authenticated means "the Key
Server has proved mutual authentication but has determined that
Controlled Port communication should proceed without the use of MACsec",
which means port traffic will be passed in the clear.

When the number of live peers becomes 0 the KaY must instead set
kay->authenticated false and tell the CP to connect PENDING. Per Clause
12.3 connect PENDING will "prevent connectivity by clearing the
controlledPortEnabled parameter."

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 16:43:12 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
8fb546d8e6 mka: Ignore MACsec SAK Use Old Key parameter if we don't have our old key
Upon receipt of the "MACsec MKPDU SAK Use parameter set" the KaY verifies
that both the latest key and the old key are valid. If the local system
reboots or is reinitialized, the KaY won't have a copy of its old key.
Therefore if the KaY does not have a copy of its old key it should not
reject MKPDUs that contain old key data in the MACsec SAK Use parameter.

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 16:30:29 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
b54b53e644 mka: When matching CKNs ensure that lengths are identical
KaY looks up participants using CAK Name (CKN). Per IEEE Std 802.1X-2010
Clause 9.3.1 CAK identification, the CKN is an integral number of
octets, between 1 and 32 (inclusive). This fix will ensure that the KaY
does not inadvertently match CKNs such as 'myCakNamedFoo' and
'myCakNamedFooBar'.

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-03-11 13:33:39 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
fec03f9838 Add support for wolfSSL cryptographic library
Allow hostapd/wpa_supplicant to be compiled with the wolfSSL
cryptography and TLS library.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-03-03 11:52:40 +02:00
Tamizh chelvam
92eb00aec2 Extend ACL check for Probe Request frames
Extend ACL check to deny Probe Request frames for the client which does
not pass ACL check. Skip this check for the case where RADIUS ACL is
used to avoid excessive load on the RADIUS authentication server due to
Probe Request frames. This patch add wpa_msg event for auth and assoc
rejection due to acl reject.

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-03 00:42:16 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
01542e6517 Add new WiFi test config attributes to configure BA params
Define a new WiFi test configuration attributes in QCA vendor
command to configure BA session parameters and to add or
delete a BA session and to configure no ack policy.
This is used for configuring the testbed device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-03 00:12:39 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
ba60804419 Add new WiFi test config attribute to allow WEP/TKIP in HE
Define a new WiFi test configuration attribute in QCA vendor
command to allow or not to allow WEP/TKIP in HT/VHT/HE mode.
This is used for configuring the testbed device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-03 00:09:19 +02:00
Jeffin Mammen
c05f96a386 FILS: Check kde more consistently to avoid static analyzer warnings
For FILS, __wpa_send_eapol() is called only with the kde != NULL, but a
static analyzer might not understand that. Add an explicit check kde !=
NULL similarly to the other cases going through the kde parameter to
silence such bogus warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jeffin Mammen <jmammen@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-02 21:27:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
087474512f SAE: Debug print group support in the crypto library
This makes it easier to understand why "SAE: Failed to select group"
debug entry shows up in cases the selected crypto library does not
support a specific group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-02 21:27:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5e0a3324b SAE: Fix potential infinite loop in mismatching PMK case on AP
Commit e61fea6b46 ('SAE: Fix PMKSA caching
behavior in AP mode') modified the PSK fetching loop to not override PMK
in case of SAE with PMKSA caching. However, that commit missed the error
path cases where there is need to break from the loop with exact
negative of the check in the beginning of the loop. This could result in
hitting an infinite loop in hostapd if a station derived a different PMK
value from otherwise successfully completed SAE authentication or if a
STA used a different PMK with a PMKSA caching attempt after a previously
completed successful authentication.

Fix this by adding the matching break condition on SAE AKM within the
loops.

Fixes: e61fea6b46 ("SAE: Fix PMKSA caching behavior in AP mode")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-02 21:27:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c54cc8bb1d BoringSSL: Set appropriate sigalgs for Suite B RSA 3K cases
This commit takes care of the sigalg configuration using the relatively
recent SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs() addition from April 2017 to
address the functionality that was already there with OpenSSL using
SSL_set1_sigalgs_list().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-19 17:38:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa6de8e6b6 BoringSSL: Map OpenSSL SUITEB192 cipher into appropriate sigalgs
BoringSSL removed the special OpenSSL cipher suite value "SUITEB192", so
need to map that to the explicit ciphersuite
(ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384), curve (P-384), and sigalg
(SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384) to allow 192-bit level Suite B with
ECDSA to be used.

This commit takes care of the sigalg configuration using the relatively
recent SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs() addition from April 2017.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-19 16:27:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a47f34b1a BoringSSL: Map OpenSSL SUITEB192 cipher into appropriate parameters
BoringSSL removed the special OpenSSL cipher suite value "SUITEB192", so
need to map that to the explicit ciphersuite
(ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384), curve (P-384), and sigalg
(SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384) to allow 192-bit level Suite B with
ECDSA to be used.

This commit takes care of the ciphersuite and curve configuration.
sigalg change is in a separate commit since it requires a newer
BoringSSL API function that may not be available in all builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-19 16:26:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3552502344 OpenSSL: Replace SSL_set1_curves_list() with SSL_set1_curves()
In practice, this does the same thing (i.e., allows only the P-384 curve
to be used), but using an older API function that happens to be
available in some BoringSSL builds while the newer one is not.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-19 16:02:31 +02:00
Ben Greear
4ab0f11b80 Allow HT40 on 5 GHz channels 165 and 169
India supports 5 GHz channels 169 and 173 now. Enable HT40 across
channels 165 and 169. Leave channel 173 to remain HT20 only.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-02-17 18:52:01 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
299d21e8e2 nl80211: Use the new NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL option
Now we can configure the network block so that it allows MFP setting for
the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command. If the kernel finds an AP that requires
MFP, it'll be able to connect to it.

Note that since NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL isn't supported for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, we need to take the MFP configuration outside
nl80211_connect_common(). In addition, check that
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL is supported, to be backward compatible
with older kernels.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:50:28 +02:00
Avraham Stern
a8c45d47d3 nl80211: Handle port authorized event
Indicate that the connection is authorized when receiving a port
authorized event from the driver.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:44:08 +02:00
Avraham Stern
0a20bd7d91 driver: Add port authorized event
Add an event that indicates that the 4 way handshake was completed by
the driver.

This event is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication.
The driver can use this event that a new connection is already
authorized (e.g. when the driver used PMKSA caching) and 802.1X
authentication is not required.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:39:41 +02:00
Avraham Stern
05fc7c68f6 nl80211: Add API to set the PMK to the driver
Add support for setting the PMK to the driver. This is used for
drivers that support 4-way handshake offload.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:36:16 +02:00
Eliad Peller
0ff08f9636 nl80211: Check 4-way handshake offload support
Set the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE flag if the driver indicates
both 4-way handshake PSK and 802.1X support. Currently wpa_supplicant
doesn't distinguish between 4-way handshake for 802.1X and PSK, but
nl80211 API has different capabilities for each one.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:31:05 +02:00
Eliad Peller
730c5a1d09 nl80211: Support passing PSK on connect
If the driver advertises WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE support, pass
the PSK on connect.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:31:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ec0dfa31f Define host_to_le64() for Windows builds
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-17 18:04:54 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
a4016163e8 Extend APF interface for read/write and enable/disable ops
Enhance QCA vendor specific APF interface to support write/read program
and/or data and to enable/disable APF feature.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-15 00:26:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2e4074ca3 OpenSSL: Fix EAP-FAST with OpenSSL 1.1.1-pre1
TLS v1.3 needs to be explicitly disabled to allow cipher suite selection
for EAP-FAST to work with OpenSSL builds that include TLS v1.3 support.
Without this, OpenSSL refuses to generate ClientHello due to the cipher
suite list including only ciphers allowed with older versions than TLS
v1.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-14 12:40:33 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
a22e235fd0 OWE: Add testing RSNE for OWE assoc response with driver SME/MLME
Allow RSNE to be overwritten for testing purposes also in the
driver-based SME/MLME case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-12 21:31:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0887215d94 nl80211: Do not try to add too large NL80211_ATTR_PMK for set/del PMKSA
The current cfg80211 limit for the maximum NL80211_ATTR_PMK length is
48, so anything larger than that will result in the operation completely
failing. Since the PMKSA entries can be used without the PMK for most
purposes (the main use case for PMK currently is offloaded FILS
authentication), try to go ahead by configuring only the PMKID for the
case where 64-octet PMK is needed (which is currently limited to only
DPP with NIST P-521 and brainpoolP512r1 curves). This can fix DPP
connections with drivers that expect to get the PMKID through this
interface while still leaving the actual 4-way handshake for user space.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-10 12:16:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7f6e6ee1b nl80211: Print NL80211_CMD_{SET,DEL}_PMKSA failures in debug log
This makes it easier to notice if the driver operation to manage PMKSA
cache information fails unexpectedly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-10 12:10:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
659ac96d7f ieee802_11_mgmt: Handle frame info more consistently
Check for the fi parameter to be non-NULL before trying to fetch the
ssi_signal information similarly to how the fi->freq was already
handled. While the meta information is supposed to be available, it
looks like there is at least one corner case where fi == NULL could be
used (Authentication frame reprocessing after RADIUS-based ACL).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-07 12:34:41 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
458d8984de SAE: Reject request with mismatching PMKID (no PMKSA cache entry)
Reject SAE association request when PMKID is included in the RSNE, but
the corresponding PMKSA is not available in the AP.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-07 12:24:36 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
5ac4346426 Define new QCA vendor sub command for wifi test configuration
Define a new QCA vendor sub command for configuring the device with wifi
test configuration. Add new test config attributes for this sub command
that are used to configure the device for testbed configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-07 12:11:47 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
79ce2d519b OWE: Rename function to match use (driver-SME/MLME)
This function is used to process a (Re)Association Request frame, so
rename it appropriately to mention assoc_req instead of auth_req.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-06 20:27:41 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
759da93a89 OWE: Check for ECDH availability before use (driver-SME/MLME)
Verify that the STA has ECDH data available before trying to use this
data to add the OWE DH Params element.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-06 20:25:41 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
af65ef28f4 OWE: Add RSNE when not using PMKSA caching (driver-SME/MLME)
RSNE needs to be added both with and without use of PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-06 20:22:53 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
5850cba384 OWE: Support DH groups 20 and 21 with driver-SME/MLME
This was already the case with the hostapd-based SME/MLME
implementation, but the OWE DH Param element construction for the
driver-based SME/MLME needed a matching change to set the group
properly.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-06 20:20:22 +02:00
Michal Kazior
f9854c183d hostapd: Fix wpa_psk_file support for FT-PSK
For FT-PSK sm->xxkey was populated with only the first password on the
linked list (i.e., last matching password in the wpa_psk_file) in
INITPSK. This caused only that password to be recognized and accepted.
All other passwords were not verified properly and subsequently
prevented clients from connecting.

Hostapd would report:

 Jan 30 12:55:44 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: sending 1/4 msg of 4-Way Handshake
 Jan 30 12:55:44 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: received EAPOL-Key frame (2/4 Pairwise)
 Jan 30 12:55:44 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: invalid MIC in msg 2/4 of 4-Way Handshake
 Jan 30 12:55:45 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: EAPOL-Key timeout

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal@plumewifi.com>
2018-02-04 12:39:23 +02:00
Simon Dinkin
d1e3d40d04 common: Fix the description of wpa_ctrl_request() function
The blocking timeout of this function was changed from 2 seconds to 10
seconds in this commit 1480633f ("Use longer timeout in
wpa_ctrl_request()"), but the description was never changed accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Simon Dinkin <simon.dinkin@tandemg.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2018-02-03 12:42:15 +02:00
David Messer
82424732af Fix compiler issue with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS
Use the preprocessor conditional "ifdef" instead of "if" before
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS to prevent an issue on build systems that treat
undefined preprocessor identifiers as an error.

Signed-off-by: David Messer <david.messer@garmin.com>
2018-02-03 12:41:09 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
40a68f3384 nl80211: Create a netlink socket handle for the Connect interface
This netlink socket handle owns the connect request and is further used
by the host driver/kernel to request for the external authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-02 19:02:44 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
ba71cb821a nl80211: Introduce the interface for external authentication
This command/event interface can be used by host drivers that do not
define separate commands for authentication and association but rely on
wpa_supplicant for the authentication (SAE) processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-02 18:51:04 +02:00
Guisen Yang
8678b14faa Add new QCA vendor commands for thermal shutdown
Add new QCA vendor commands and attributes to get thermal information
and send thermal shutdown related commands. Indicates the driver to
enter the power saving mode or resume from the power saving mode based
on the given temperature and thresholds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-02 18:35:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99576f6f3c Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2018-01-31.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-02 18:34:14 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
cd483be252 OWE: Use PMKSA caching if available with driver AP MLME
If a matching PMKSA cache entry is present for an OWE client, use it and
do not go through DH while processing Association Rquest frame.
Association Response frame will identify the PMKID in such a case and DH
parameters won't be present.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-01 23:58:46 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
a4668c6812 OWE: Handle unsupported finite cyclic group with driver MLME
Handle OWE unsupported finite cyclic group in (Re)Association Request
frame when not using the hostapd SME/MLME.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-01 23:51:19 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
f811cc83b3 atheros: Send correct SSID length to the driver
Send the exact SSID length to the driver by removing the legacy +1
padding.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-01 23:45:12 +02:00
Srinivas Dasari
e005725a69 nl80211: Add DPP and OWE AKM selectors to CONNECT/ASSOC request
This is needed to support drivers that use NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES.

Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-31 11:21:10 +02:00
Subhani Shaik
2cc2a0a7ea Extend QCA vendor NDP params to support schedule update indication
Add additional NDP attributes and NDP subcommand value which is
provided as part of schedule update indication from driver/firmware
to HAL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-29 20:43:10 +02:00
Subhani Shaik
a7769f6da2 Update QCA vendor commands to match ASOP
This updates QCA vendor command and attribute definitions to match AOSP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-29 20:40:54 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
18e3e9c6e0 OWE: Transition mode with non-AP-MLME
Add OWE Transition IE in build_ap_extra() ies to support drivers that do
not use hostapd MLME.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-29 19:01:43 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
92b6e0c582 hostapd: Send broadcast Public Action frame with wildcard BSSID address
Send Public Action frames with wildcard BSSID when destination was
broadcast address. This is required for DPP PKEX where the recipients
may drop the frames received with different BSSID than the wildcard
address or the current BSSID.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-29 18:11:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fe3f81e6a8 DPP: Update PKEX role-specific points
The y coordinates for some of these PKEX role-specific points were
changed in the PKEX specification, so update the implementation to
match.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-26 18:06:49 +02:00
Venkateswara Swamy Bandaru
b4cd8b7e1a Add QCA vendor command and attributes for MSDU queue depth threshold
This allow MSDU queue depth threshold in target to be set per peer per
TID. This command contains MAC address, TID, update mask, and threshold
values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-22 10:56:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
703470bfa1 FILS: Fix extended capability bit setting for FILS in AP mode
FILS capability bit setting could have ended up setting boths biths 72
(correct) and 64 (incorrect; part of Max Number of MSDUs In A-MSDU). Fix
this by adding the missing break to the switch statement.

Fixed: f55acd909e ("FILS: Set FILS Capability bit in management frames from AP")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-01-22 00:07:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e834fc648 EAP-SIM/AKA: Separate identity for MK derivation
This allows a separate configuration parameter (imsi_identity) to be
used in EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' profiles to override the identity used in MK
derivation for the case where the identity is expected to be from the
last AT_IDENTITY attribute (or EAP-Response/Identity if AT_IDENTITY was
not used). This may be needed to avoid sending out an unprotected
permanent identity information over-the-air and if the EAP-SIM/AKA
server ends up using a value based on the real IMSI during the internal
key derivation operation (that does not expose the data to others).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2018-01-21 11:28:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6b5e3554a DPP: Get rid of compiler warnings on signed/unsigned comparison
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-01-21 11:24:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
630ea13346 DPP: Track M.x/N.x/L.x availability for ke derivation
This prevents an issue where duplicated Authentication Response frame
could have resulted in deriving a new ke value after M.x had already
been cleared. This would result in the following configuration exchange
failing. This could happen since many driver do not filter out
retransmitted Public Action frames and link layer. Furthermore, this
could have been used as a denial-of-service attack agains the DPP
exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-21 11:13:01 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
c103c0b516 Extend NUD Stats to collect the data packet statistics
This commit extends the existing QCA vendor specific NUD_STATS_GET/SET
interface to also collect the statistics of the data packets. The
intention here is to get more comprehensive information to detect the
network unreachability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 23:07:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d5ee699a5 Copy WLAN-Reason-Code value from Access-Reject to Deauthentication
This makes hostapd use the WLAN-Reason-Code value from Access-Reject
when disconnecting a station due to IEEE 802.1X authentication failure.
If the RADIUS server does not include this attribute, the default value
23 (IEEE 802.1X authentication failed) is used. That value was the
previously hardcoded reason code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 20:55:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f75ed556c8 RADIUS: Add WLAN-Reason-Code attribute to Access-Reject
Make the RADIUS server in hostapd add WLAN-Reason-Code attribute to all
Access-Reject messages generated based on EAP-Failure from the EAP
server. For now, the reason code value is set to 23 (IEEE 802.1X
authentication failed). This can be extending in future commits to cover
addition failure reasons.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 20:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
feba5848be Replace RSNE group key management mismatch status/reason codes
Use "cipher out of policy" value instead of invalid group cipher (which
is for the group data frame cipher) and management frame policy
violation (which is used for MFPC/MFPR mismatch).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 01:12:00 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
9cc8303d32 Add QCA vendor command to get the WLAN MAC information
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command that provides the current
information of WLAN hardware MAC and its associated WLAN netdev
interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 00:50:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd92095491 DPP: Report reception of Config Request to upper layers
This is mainly for protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 00:50:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80f71b71d5 DPP: Authentication exchange retries and channel iteration in hostapd
This extends hostapd with previoiusly implemented wpa_supplicant
functionality to retry DPP Authentication Request/Response and to
iterate over possible negotiation channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-08 05:19:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5cc7a59ac Report offchannel RX frame frequency to hostapd
Not all code paths for management frame RX reporting delivered the
correct frequency for offchannel RX cases. This is needed mainly for
Public Action frame processing in some special cases where AP is
operating, but an exchange is done on a non-operational channel. For
example, DPP Initiator role may need to do this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-08 03:37:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7ed94834d GnuTLS: Add option to build with libnettle instead of libgcrypt
GnuTLS-based builds can now be done using either libnettle or libgcrypt
for crypto functionality:

CONFIG_TLS=gnutls
CONFIG_CRYPTO=nettle

CONFIG_TLS=gnutls
CONFIG_CRYPTO=gnutls

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-29 17:13:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c36d822418 GnuTLS: Suite B validation
This allows OpenSSL-style configuration of Suite B parameters to be used
in the wpa_supplicant network profile. 128-bit and 192-bit level
requirements for ECDHE-ECDSA cases are supported. RSA >=3K case is
enforced using GnuTLS %PROFILE_HIGH special priority string keyword.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd227e67ab GnuTLS: Add support for disabling TLS versions
This extends GnuTLS support for tls_disable_v1_{0,1,2}=1 flags in the
phase1 network profile parameter in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d292fcfbd GnuTLS: Implement tls_get_cipher()
Provide OpenSSL-style name for the negotiated cipher suite.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5791d2117c GnuTLS: Make debug prints clearer for cert/key parsing
Indicate more clearly when the parsing succeeds to avoid ending the
debug prints with various internal GnuTLS internal error messages even
when the parsing actually succeeded in the end.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
622d4d49e2 GnuTLS: Add TEST_FAIL() to crypto routines for testing purposes
This allows number of hwsim test cases for local error conditions to be
executed with GnuTLS-based builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f8697e8109 GnuTLS: Implement tls_get_version()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-28 22:33:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
133f8d09fc GnuTLS: Implement HMAC functions using libgcrypt
Replace the internal HMAC MD5, SHA-1, and SHA256 implementations with
the ones from libgcrypt and also add the SHA384 and SHA512 versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 23:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
85c12a62ee GnuTLS: Implement sha{256,384,512}_vector() using libgcrypt
Replace the internal SHA256 implementation with the one from libgcrypt
and also add the SHA384 and SHA512 versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 23:21:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc3e7bfc3c GnuTLS: Use a helper function for hash functions
Use a shared helper function instead of implementing practically same
sequence separately for each hash function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 23:13:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02b38d0ad5 Fix MFP-enabled test for disallowed TKIP
The test against use of TKIP was done only in MFP-required
(ieee80211w=2) configuration. Fix this to check the pairwise cipher for
MFP-enabled (ieee80211w=1) case as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 18:38:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba3d435fe4 SAE: Add option to require MFP for SAE associations
The new hostapd.conf parameter sae_require_pmf=<0/1> can now be used to
enforce negotiation of MFP for all associations that negotiate use of
SAE. This is used in cases where SAE-capable devices are known to be
MFP-capable and the BSS is configured with optional MFP (ieee80211w=1)
for legacy support. The non-SAE stations can connect without MFP while
SAE stations are required to negotiate MFP if sae_require_mfp=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 18:27:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4fc7e31c7 SAE: Set special Sc value when moving to Accepted state
Set Sc to 2^16-1 when moving to Accepted state per IEEE Std 802.11-2016,
12.4.8.6.5 (Protocol instance behavior - Confirmed state). This allows
the peer in Accepted state to silently ignore unnecessary
retransmissions of the Confirm message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 12:19:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abcbd0604c SAE: Add Rc variable and peer send-confirm validation
This implements the behavior described in IEEE Std 802.11-2016,
12.4.8.6.6 (Protocol instance behavior - Accepted state) to silently
discard received Confirm message in the Accepted state if the new
message does not use an incremented send-confirm value or if the special
2^16-1 value is used. This avoids unnecessary processing of
retransmitted Confirm messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 12:19:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9249afc8e1 SAE: Print state changes in debug log
This makes it easier to follow state changes in SAE protocol instances.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 00:07:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8b841eba8 SAE: Make dot11RSNASAESync configurable
The new hostapd.conf parameter sae_sync (default: 5) can now be used to
configure the dot11RSNASAESync value to specify the maximum number of
synchronization errors that are allowed to happen prior to
disassociation of the offending SAE peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-26 12:46:22 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
04b1bcc5f3 EAP-pwd: Use abstract crypto API
This makes it easier to use EAP-pwd with other crypto libraries than
OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 21:40:21 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
0c3d49afd8 EAP-EKE: Use abstract crypto API
This makes it easier to use EAP-pwd with other crypto libraries.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 17:38:17 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
c335507c8d Enhance crypto abstract API for DH
The patch offers alternate implementations of some functions using the
abstract cryptographic API.

This work was done in preparation for the changes to allow hostap to be
compiled with the wolfSSL cryptography and TLS library.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 17:38:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e02f2a9fa crypto: Implement new crypto API functions for DH
This implements crypto_dh_init() and crypto_dh_derive_secret() using
os_get_random() and crypto_mod_exp() for all crypto_*.c wrappers that
include crypto_mod_exp() implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-24 17:36:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eac084cb38 OpenSSL: Implement new crypto API functions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-24 17:35:41 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
23ff5d73df Enhance crypto abstract API
Add more crypto_*() wrappers to enable use of other crypto libraries
than OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 17:35:38 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
441e8bfbb4 Fix copy-paste errors in function comments
Use correct function names for the documentation.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 17:03:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
47e966abac DH: Remove trailing whitespace
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-24 17:02:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3546ef5104 EAP-pwd: Remove trailing empty line
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-23 17:27:15 +02:00
Peng Xu
61536b5f41 Add new QCA vendor attribute for getting preferred channel
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_GET_WEIGHED_PCL is added for
getting preferred channels with weight value and a flag to indicate how
the channels should be used in P2P negotiation process.

Signed-off-by: Peng Xu <pxu@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-22 20:34:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a2cb20d5b Fix couple of QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_SAR_LIMITS comments
Copy-paste errors in the command name (set vs. the new get).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-22 18:57:47 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
2fca2d2144 Vendor parameter for forcing RSNE override
Indicates the driver to use the RSNE as-is from the connect interface.
Exclusively used for the scenarios where the device is used as a testbed
device with special functionality and not recommended for production.
This helps driver to not validate the RSNE passed from user space and
thus allow arbitrary IE data to be used for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-22 18:43:55 +02:00
Jeff Johnson
2d942ec4ac Define a QCA vendor command to retrieve SAR Power limits
Previously commit c79238b6a4 ('Define a
QCA vendor command to configure SAR Power limits') implemented a vendor
command interface to allow a userspace entity to dynamically control the
SAR power limits. Now implement a command to retrieve the current SAR
power limits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-15 20:55:15 +02:00
vamsi krishna
d98038bb05 FILS: Driver configuration to disable/enable FILS features
The new disable_fils parameter can be used to disable FILS functionality
in the driver. This is currently removing the FILS Capability bit in
Extended Capabilities and providing a callback to the driver wrappers.
driver_nl80211.c implements this using a QCA vendor specific command for
now.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-15 20:52:17 +02:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
af832aa998 hostapd: Add average channel utilization in STATUS
This allows external programs to get the average channel utilization.
The average channel utilization is calculated and reported through
STATUS command. Users need to configure chan_util_avg_period and
bss_load_update_period in hostapd config to get the average channel
utilization.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-12 00:48:27 +02:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
802c0fd0c3 hostapd: Update BSS load update period dynamically
Recalculate the timeout value for each event instead of calculating this
once and then not allowing the timeout configuration to be changed
without fully stopping and restarting the interface.

This allows the bss_load_update_period configuration parameter to be
modified while a BSS continues operating.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-12 00:48:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
778d87054e Fix error handling in bss_load_update_period parser
Do not update the configuration parameter before having verified the
value to be in the valid range.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-12 00:46:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04ded82efa OWE: Fix error case handling with drivers that implement AP SME
owe_auth_req_process() can return NULL in error cases, but the caller
was not prepared for this. The p pointer cannot be overridden in such
cases since that would result in buffer length (p - buf) overflows. Fix
this by using a temporary variable to check the return value before
overriding p so that the hostapd_sta_assoc() ends up using correct
length for the IE buffer.

Fixes: 33c8bbd8ca ("OWE: Add AP mode handling of OWE with drivers that implement SME")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-11 13:41:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c23e87d0d1 OpenSSL: Replace EVP_PKEY_paramgen() with EC_KEY_new_by_curve_name()
The BoringSSL version of crypto_ecdh_init() and dpp_gen_keypair() works
fine with OpenSSL as well, so use that same implementation for both to
avoid unnecessary maintanence of multiple versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 23:49:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7641d485db BoringSSL: Use EC_KEY_new_by_curve_name() to simplify implementation
There is no need to go through EC_GROUP_new_by_curve_name(),
EC_KEY_new(), and EC_KEY_set_group() when a single call to
EC_KEY_new_by_curve_name() takes care of all that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 23:41:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5da39607d Revert "BoringSSL: Add DPP special cases regardless of claimed version number"
This reverts commit 5548453a2d since
BoringSSL added ECDSA_SIG_set0() and ECDSA_SIG_get0() in commit
8dc226ca8f1ef60737e1c1bf8cfcabf51d4068c7 ('Add some missing OpenSSL
1.1.0 accessors.') and updated X509_ALGOR_get0() prototype to match
OpenSSL 1.1.0 changes in commit e3b2a5d30d309091cab3e6a19dee7323c40d968d
('Const-correct X509_ALGOR_get0.').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 23:27:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f30844722 Revert "BoringSSL: Define RSA_bits() helper"
This reverts commit 3cfbd3b0f6 since
BoringSSL added RSA_bits() in commit
8dc226ca8f1ef60737e1c1bf8cfcabf51d4068c7 ('Add some missing OpenSSL
1.1.0 accessors.').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 23:22:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2c442be25 OpenSSL: Allow cipher list to be overridden for tls_suiteb=1 case
This allows wpa_supplicant configuration with phase1="tls_suiteb=1" to
use openssl_ciphers="ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384" to further limit the
possible TLS cipher suites when using Suite B with RSA >3K keys. This
combination disables use of DHE and as such, mandates ECDHE to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-10 21:16:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e5c7c2f28e Fix ap-mgmt-fuzzer build
Add src/ap/eth_p_oui.o into libap.a to be able to link ap-mgmt-fuzzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-09 18:41:55 +02:00
David Benjamin
63942cf0f3 OpenSSL: Avoid SSL*_use_default_passwd_cb()
These functions are a bit awkward to use for one-off file loads, as
suggested by the tls_clear_default_passwd_cb() logic. There was also
some historical mess with OpenSSL versions and either not having per-SSL
settings, having per-SSL settings but ignoring them, and requiring the
per-SSL settings.

Instead, loading the key with the lower-level functions seems a bit
tidier and also allows abstracting away trying both formats, one after
another.

Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2017-12-09 18:29:08 +02:00
David Benjamin
149143e31d OpenSSL: Remove unnecessary os_strdup() from password callback
There's no need to make an extra copy of private_key_passwd for
SSL_{CTX_,}set_default_passwd_cb().

Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2017-12-09 18:09:10 +02:00
Paul Zhang
9b0de99fac Add new QCA vendor attribute for WLAN Latency Module (WLM)
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_LATENCY_LEVEL is added
for vendor sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION.
This attribute is for setting the level of WLM.

Signed-off-by: Paul Zhang <paulz@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-08 14:15:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
055cd39788 tests: DPP P-256 test vectors
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-07 13:35:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f55269753c DPP: Allow protocol key to be overridden for testing purposes
This can be used for various testing needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-05 23:53:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
402c8e00b7 WPS: Map GCMP-256 and CCMP-256 to AES encryption type
This is needed to allow a credential to be built for GCMP-256/CCMP-256
networks that do not enable GCMP-128/CCMP-128.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:45 +02:00
Shiva Sankar Gajula
a2660890a5 WPS: Allow WPS to be enabled in CCMP-256 and GCMP-256 only cases
Extend the check against WPA/TKIP only configuration by adding CCMP-256
and GCMP-256 to the list of allowed ciphers. This is needed to allow WPS
to be enabled in AP configurations where neither CCMP-128 nor GCMP-128
are enabled.

Signed-off-by: Shiva Sankar Gajula <sgajula@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
163fc3d562 DPP: Indicate to upper layers whether mutual authentication was used
DPP Responder selects whether mutual authentication is used. This commit
adds information about that selection to upper layers (ctrl_iface event
DPP-AUTH-DIRECTION mutual=<0/1>) on the Initiator side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34603767b8 DPP: Extend protocol testing to allow exchange termination
This extends dpp_test functionality to allow DPP exchanges to be stopped
when receiving a specified message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
963d3149ab nl80211: Fix NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS encoding
This nl80211 attribute uses NLA_U8 policy in cfg80211 and wpa_supplicant
needs to use same size when writing the attribute.

This fixes mesh mode regression triggered by kernel commit "net:
netlink: Update attr validation to require exact length for some types"
in v4.15-rc1 that resulted in the following debug log entry when trying
to join a mesh:
nl80211: mesh join failed: ret=-22 (Invalid argument)

Fixes: 6c1664f605 ("nl80211: Add new commands to support mesh interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-01 22:21:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2426829ce nl80211: Fix NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE encoding
This nl80211 attribute uses NLA_U8 policy in cfg80211 and
hostapd/wpa_supplicant needs to use same size when writing the
attribute.

This fixes AP mode regression triggered by kernel commit "net: netlink:
Update attr validation to require exact length for some types" in
v4.15-rc1 that resulted in the following debug log entry when trying to
enable beaconing:
nl80211: Beacon set failed: -34 (Numerical result out of range)

Fixes: da1080d721 ("nl80211: Advertise and configure SMPS modes")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-01 20:22:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0a383a981 DPP: Extend dpp_test with invalid E-Nonce in Config Req
Allow an E-Nonce attribute with invalid length to be sent for protocol
testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 22:01:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55c6c85855 DPP: Extend dpp_test with invalid Transaction ID in Peer Disc Req
Allow a Transaction ID attribute with invalid length to be sent for
protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 21:56:19 +02:00
Krishna Rao
364039d223 Add QCA vendor command and attributes for RROP
Add QCA vendor command and attributes for vendor specific Representative
RF Operating Parameter (RROP) information. This information is intended
for optional use by external ACS. It provides guidance values for some
RF parameters that are used by the system during operation, so that
external ACS can utilize these to compare between channels, bands, etc.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 18:47:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e19300d5b nl80211: Use consistent "0x" prefix for the cookie values
One of the event message for TX status was missing 'x' from the "0x"
prefix. Add that to make the used format consistent for all cookie debug
print cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 12:42:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f981ce7298 DPP: Do not continue if public key hash derivation fails
sha256_vector() result was ignored apart from printing out the failure
in the debug log. This is not really a normal case and it is better to
reject the full operation rather than try to continue with an incorrect
public key hash value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 00:08:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a37d54ea7 DPP: Fix memory leak on dpp_auth_build_conf() error paths
The wpabuf for the message needs to be freed on the error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-29 21:21:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
281f480c53 JSON: Fix a memory leak on an error path
If the second json_alloc_token() call failed to allocate memory,
json_parse() missed the first allocation on the error path. Assign the
root pointer earlier for that case to avoid the potential memory leak.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-29 13:22:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
622934128b DPP: Fix a memory leak on an error path
Need to free temporary allocations if dpp_build_conf_start() fails to
allocate memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-29 13:03:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed62d40116 DPP: Deinit PKEX instance on DPP_STOP_LISTEN
Previously this stopped only the DPP Authentication instance, but it is
better to clear both PKEX and Authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-29 12:24:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
634a130a52 DPP: Clear authentication instance on configuration completion in AP
wpa_supplicant was already doing this and hostapd needs to clear
hapd->dpp_auth when completing the exchange in Configurator (GAS server)
role.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 20:33:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3cb7ebe1b DPP: Do not process dpp_auth_ok_on_ack multiple times
An additional TX status callback could result in processing the DPP
authentication completion another time at least with hostapd. Fix this
by clearing the dpp_auth_ok_on_ack when processing it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 20:20:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82feacced0 DPP: Ignore GAS server status callback for unknown response
It was possible for a timeout from an old GAS server operation to
trigger DPP configuration failure during the subsequent DPP operation.
Fix this by verifying that the status callback is for the response
generated during the same DPP Authentication/Configuration exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 13:48:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2588be82c DPP: Add DPP_CONFIGURATOR_SIGN support to hostapd
Configurator signing its own Connector was previously supported only in
wpa_supplicant. This commit extends that to hostapd to allow an AP
acting as a Configurator to self-configure itself.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 13:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7eb6bfb45d DPP: Move hostapd Configurator/bootstrap data into global context
This moves the Configurator and Bootstrapping Information data from
struct hostapd_data (per-BSS) to struct hapd_interfaces (per-hostapd
process). This allows the information to be maintained over interface
restarts and shared between interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 13:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73f21929a7 DPP: Auto-generate Initiator bootstrapping info if needed
Instead of using the all-zeros Initiator Bootstrapping Key Hash when no
local bootstrapping key is configuref for the Initiator, automatically
generate a temporary bootstrapping key for the same curve that the
Responder uses. If the Responder indicates that it wants to do mutual
authentication, provide the URI for the auto-generated bootstrapping key
in the DPP-RESPONSE-PENDING event for upper layers to display the QR
Code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-26 17:41:22 +02:00
Sriram R
725a953aea nl80211: Filter global events based on wiphy
Avoid same interface processing nl80211 events when at least one of
IFIDX, WDEV, or WIPHY index attribute is available in the nl80211 event
message.

Previously, a same interface processes events when ifidx and wdev id
attribute were not available in the nl80211 message. This is extended to
check the presence of wiphy index attribute as well since some radar
notifications include only WIPHY index attrbute in the nl80211 message.

Signed-off-by: Sriram R <srirrama@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-26 12:42:56 +02:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
0bd7f104c1 hostapd: Add supported rate information into STATUS and STA
These allow external programs to determine supported legacy, HT, and VHT
rates of an interface or a STA.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-25 13:25:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1489fcf87d FILS: Do not leave error value in left counter
If fils_decrypt_assoc() were to fail on the AP side, the previous
implementation could have continued through the response generation
using left = -1. That could have resulted in unexpected processing if
this value were to be used as the length of the remaining (unencrypted)
IEs. Fix this by not updating left in the failure case.

Fixes: 78815f3dde ("FILS: Decrypt Association Request elements and check Key-Auth (AP)")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-24 12:26:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
beae255a72 WPA: Check wpa_eapol_key_mic() result on TX
Verify that nothing unexpected happened with EAPOL-Key Key MIC
calculation when transmitting EAPOL-Key frames from the Authenticator.
This should not be able to happen in practice, but if if it does, there
is no point in sending out the frame without the correct Key MIC value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-24 12:13:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
acc555f9e6 DPP: Allow PKEX x/X and y/Y keypairs to be overridden
This is for testing purposes to allow a test vector with specific values
to be generated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-24 01:41:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d722c50d0a DPP: Print more interim EC_POINT results into debug log
This makes it easier to debug issues related to DPP/PKEX EC operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-24 01:02:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2bdc47a945 DPP: Allow PKEX own/peer MAC addresses to be overridden
This is for testing purposes to allow a test vector with specific values
to be generated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 23:47:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af4103e5e9 DPP: Provide peer_mac to PKEX Initiator through function argument
Avoid unnecessary direct write to a struct dpp_pkex member from outside
dpp.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 23:32:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
918a2ac40f DPP: Work around missing EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_ec_param_enc()
This allows compilation with older OpenSSL 1.0.1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:31:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ca4be1eaa DPP: Remove compiler warnings about signed/unsigned comparisons
These timestamp comparisons did not use matching signedness.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:31:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
116454f460 DPP: Fix error return value in dpp_auth_conf_rx()
Commit 03abb6b541 ('DPP: Reject unexpected
Req/Resp message based on Auth/PKEX role') used incorrect type of error
value (NULL vs. -1). Fix that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:20:39 +02:00
Hu Wang
63dc0f9c4d hostapd: Disassoc STA without WPA/RSN IE if AP proto is WPA/RSN
With the AP proto configured being WPA/RSN and SME in the
driver, the previous implementation in hostapd is to not
process hostapd_notif_assoc() due to "No WPA/RSN IE from STA",
if the (Re)Association Request frame is without the WPA/RSN IEs.

Enhance that to disassociate such station provided the AP is not using
WPS.

Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
2017-11-23 20:12:34 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
cc79e06f00 hostapd: Add wpa_msg_ctrl() to report Probe Request frames from STA
This allows external applications to get event indication for Probe
Request frames. Extend ctrl iface cmd "ATTACH" to enable this event on
per-request basis. For example, user has to send ctrl iface cmd "ATTACH
probe_rx_events=1" to enable the Probe Request frame events.

Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:12:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
248264c622 DPP: Stop Authentication Request attempts if no response after ACK
If unicast Authentication Request frame is used and the peer ACKs such a
frame, but does not reply within the two second limit, there is no need
to continue trying to retransmit the request frames since the peer was
found, but not responsive.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 00:22:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3a5882b3e DPP: Add SAE credential support to Configurator
The new conf={sta,ap}-{sae,psk-sae} parameter values can now be used to
specify that the legacy configuration object is for SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 21:24:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5dd745b738 DPP: Add akm=sae and akm=psk+sae support in Enrollee role
This allows DPP to be used for enrolling credentials for SAE networks in
addition to the legacy PSK (WPA-PSK) case. In addition, enable FT-PSK
and FT-SAE cases automatically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 21:23:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a444673957 DPP: Protocol testing capability to send invalid I-Nonce in Auth Req
Extend dpp_test to cover one more invalid behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 16:23:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00d2d13db2 DPP: Retry PKEX Exchange Request frame up to five times
Retransmit the PKEX Exchange Request frame if no response from a peer is
received. This makes the exchange more robust since this frame is sent
to a broadcast address and has no link layer retries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 15:54:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab0375508d TDLS: Add testing capability to send TPK M2 twice
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-21 00:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b8de0c929 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Peer Discovery Req/Resp values
Extend dpp_test to allow more invalid attribute values to be written
into Peer Discovery Request/Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 17:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9cf7d03f1 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Config Attrib Object value
Extend dpp_test to cover a case where Config Attrib Object value is
invalid in Configuration Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 14:13:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f35ec2dc3 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid DPP Status value
Extend dpp_test to cover cases where DPP Status value is invalid in
Authentication Response/Confirm frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 14:13:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9efa531499 DPP: Use helper functions to build Bootstrap Key Hash attributes
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 12:41:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
acdf703d50 DPP: Replace custom undefined attr with DPP Status in after-wrapped data
This has the same impact and is needed for some testing needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 12:32:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56f24d1da0 DPP: Use a helper function to build DPP Status attribute
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 12:27:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65ecce87fd DPP: Protocol testing for writing invalid I/R Bootstrap Key Hash
Extend dpp_test to cover cases where Initiator/Responder Bootstrap Key
Hash value in DPP Authentication frames is invalid (flip one bit).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 11:32:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6b4226bdd DPP: Protocol testing capability to generate invalid Protocol Key
This extends dpp_test to allow invalid Initiator/Responder Protocol Key
to be written into the Authentication Request/Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 00:11:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c6eb3e34b6 Stronger GTK derivation routine
If the build include SHA384, use that to derive GTK from GMK. In
addition, add more random bytes bytes to the PRF-X() context data for
longer GTK to reduce dependency on the randomness of the GMK.

GMK is 256 bits of random data and it was used with SHA256, so the
previous design was likely sufficient for all needs even with 128 bits
of additional randomness in GTK derivation. Anyway, adding up to 256
bits of new randomness and using SHA384 can be helpful extra protection
particularly for the cases using GCMP-256 or CCMP-256 as the group
cipher.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-11-18 17:50:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94619905c8 DPP: Fix dpp_test_gen_invalid_key() with BoringSSL
Unlike OpenSSL, BoringSSL returns an error from
EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp() is not on the curve. As such, need
to behave differently here depending on which library is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-18 17:50:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
746c1792ac DPP: Build bootstrapping key DER encoding using custom routine
While the OpenSSL version of i2d_EC_PUBKEY() seemed to be able to use
the POINT_CONVERSION_COMPRESSED setting on the EC key, that did not seem
to work with BoringSSL. Since this is not exactly robust design, replace
use of i2d_EC_PUBKEY() with a custom routine that enforces the DPP rules
on SubjectPublicKeyInfo (compressed format of the public key,
ecPublicKey OID, parameters present and indicating the curve by OID).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-18 17:50:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2d27ef94c DPP: Use a helper function to DER encode bootstrapping key
This routine was previously implemented twice using i2d_EC_PUBKEY().
There is no need to duplicate that implementation and especially since
it looks like this implementation needs to be replaced for BoringSSL,
start by using a shared helper function for both locations so that there
is only a single place that uses i2d_EC_PUBKEY() to build the special
DPP bootstrapping key DER encoding.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-18 12:14:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1564149a6 BoringSSL: Add AES support with 192-bit keys
BoringSSL restored the previously removed AES-192 ECB support in ("Add
AES-192 ECB.") commit. Since this is needed for DPP with the P-384
curve, restore support for this through EVP_aes_192_ecb().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 21:03:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
edd72f55f8 OpenSSL: Debug message if requested AES key length is not supported
This makes it clearer why some AES operations fail especially with
BoringSSL where the 192-bit case is not supported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:59:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5548453a2d BoringSSL: Add DPP special cases regardless of claimed version number
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide ECDSA_SIG_set0() or
ECDSA_SIG_get0(). For now, add the helper functions regardless of the
version BoringSSL claims to be. Similarly, include the X509_ALGOR_get0()
workaround unconditionally for BoringSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:44:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f29761297b BoringSSL: Implement crypto_ecdh_init()
BoringSSL does not provide some of the OpenSSL API that was used here,
so update this to use similar design to what was already done with DPP
key derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:41:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7721fe082b BoringSSL: Comment out SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*() calls
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*(). For
now, comment out this regardless of the version BoringSSL claims to be.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:34:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9dc63c261 BoringSSL: Comment out SSL_set1_sigalgs_list() call
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(). For now,
comment out this regardless of the version BoringSSL claims to be.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:30:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cfbd3b0f6 BoringSSL: Define RSA_bits() helper
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide RSA_bits(). For now, add this
backwards compatibility wrapper for BoringSSL regardless of the version
it claims to be.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:24:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
27781c0ab5 Allow group cipher selection to be overridden
The new hostapd configuration parameter group_cipher can now be used to
override the automatic cipher selection based on enabled pairwise
ciphers. It should be noted that selecting an unexpected group cipher
can result in interoperability issues and this new capability is mainly
for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 12:31:41 +02:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
af6614ca10 Fix block comment style in QCA vendor attribute definition
Fix the block comment style issue introduced as part of commit
fbfceef3af ("Add QCA vendor commands for
spectral scan").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:55:30 +02:00
tinlin
2115603a45 Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PEER_FLUSH_PENDING
Add sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PEER_FLUSH_PENDING to flush
pending packets in firmware. The attributes are listed in enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_flush_pending. The QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_PEER_ADDR
specifies the peer MAC address and the QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_AC specifies
the access category of the pending packets.

Signed-off-by: Lin Tingting <tinlin@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:52:59 +02:00
Zhang Qian
27987b67fa Add new QCA vendor attribute for LL stats
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_WMM_AC_PENDING_MSDU
is added for vendor sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_GET.
This attribute is for pending MSDUs corresponding to respective AC.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:48:55 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
41db74cf76 atheros: Process SAE authentication frames using EVENT_RX_MGMT
This adds support for SAE in AP mode with the atheros driver interface.
EVENT_RX_MGMT includes SAE processing while EVENT_AUTH would require
more changes to make this work.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:47:07 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
3d9dd4b772 atheros: Generate EVENT_TX_STATUS events for management frames
This is needed for DPP functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:44:05 +02:00
Beniamino Galvani
f5b74b966c common: Avoid conflict with __bitwise macro from linux/types.h
Undefine the __bitwise macro before defining it to avoid conflicts
with the one from linux/types.h; the same is done some lines above
when __CHECKER__ is defined. Fixes the following warning:

  In file included from ../src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c:15:0:
  hostap/src/utils/common.h:438:0: warning: "__bitwise" redefined
   #define __bitwise

  In file included from /usr/include/linux/filter.h:9:0,
                   from ../src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c:13:
  /usr/include/linux/types.h:21:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
   #define __bitwise __bitwise__

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-11-14 18:23:47 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4109555ef7 DPP: Fix compiler warning of testing code
../src/common/dpp.c: In function 'dpp_test_gen_invalid_key':
../src/common/dpp.c:5531:10: warning: return makes integer from pointer without a cast [-Wint-conversion]
   return NULL;
          ^

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 18:22:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d624a0702 Reject PMK-to-PTK derivation with unsupported cipher
There should be no wpa_pmk_to_ptk() calls with the cipher argument
indicating a cipher that is not allowed as a pairwise cipher. However,
it looks like that was possible to happen with wlantest. Check for this
corner case explicitly to avoid generating confusing debug logs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 12:50:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
762fb4f066 DPP: Testing capability to send unexpected Authentication Response
This is for protocol testing to check what happens if the Responser
receives an unexpected Authentication Response instead of Authentication
Confirm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:55:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03abb6b541 DPP: Reject unexpected Req/Resp message based on Auth/PKEX role
This prevents issues where an unexpected message in the DPP
Authentication exchange or PKEX could result in undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:55:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95b0104a34 DPP: Retransmit DPP Authentication Response frame if it is not ACKed
This extends wpa_supplicant DPP implementation to retransmit DPP
Authentication Response frame every 10 seconds up to 5 times if the peer
does not reply with DPP Authentication Confirm frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1d3773967 DPP: Stop authentication exchange of DPP_STOP_LISTEN
Previously, this command stopped listen operation immediately, but if
there was an ongoing authentication exchange, a new listen operation was
started. This is not really expected behavior, so stop the
authentication exchange first with this command to avoid restarting
listen operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f082644c DPP: Allowed initiator to indicate either role
The new role=either parameter can now be used with DPP_AUTH_INIT to
indicate that the initiator can take either the Configurator or Enrollee
role.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 11:45:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f97ace34cb DPP: Support multiple channels for initiating DPP Authentication
This extends wpa_supplicant to iterate over all available channels from
the intersection of what the peer indicates and the local device
supports when initiating DPP Authentication. In addition, retry DPP
Authentication Request frame up to five times if no response is
received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 11:45:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a306ed5a58 DPP: Protocol testing to allow missing attributes in peer discovery
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-06 12:40:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fafdf1124 DPP: Add DPP_LISTEN and DPP_STOP_LISTEN to hostapd
This is an initial step in allowing non-operating channel operations
with DPP when hostapd is the Responder. For now, this is only used for
specifying role=configurator/enrollee and qr=mutual cases similarly to
the wpa_supplicant configuration for in Responder role. Request to use a
non-operating channel will be rejected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-04 12:33:03 +02:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
fbfceef3af Add QCA vendor commands for spectral scan
Add the following vendor commands and their vendor attributes for
spectral scan.

 1) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CONFIG
        Get current values of spectral parameters.
 2) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_DIAG_STATS
        Get stats for spectral scan debug.
 3) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CAP_INFO
        Get the spectral hardware capability.
 4) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_STATUS
        Get the current status of spectral scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:47:32 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
bb9808fa9f P2P: Continue P2P_WAIT_PEER_(IDLE/CONNECT) sequence on a listen cancel
Some drivers may accept the remain-on-channel command, but instead of
indicating start event for remain-on-channel, just indicate that the
operation has been canceled immediately. This listen cancel from the
WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state ended up in discontinuation of further
WAIT_PEER_IDLE/WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state transitions. Hence, delay the
subsequent IDLE state by 100 ms.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:47:32 +02:00
Zhang Qian
962b8fcf49 Add new QCA vendor attributes for MAC counters
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_EXT_REPORT_TIME
and QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_EXT_MEASUREMENT_TIME to record
timestamp and duration for the last MAC counters. Some user layer
application is delay sensitive. It needs to know time stamp and
measurment duration for the counters.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:21:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af7f10fcdf DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Config Resp attribute values
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:14:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c99e6264a DPP: Report Config Request/Response failure reasons on control interface
This provides more details of failures to upper layer components.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:04:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f411ad1b86 DPP: Protocol testing to remove attributes from Config Req/Resp
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:04:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e0ebe21b0 DPP: Protocol testing - invalid I/R-Auth value in PKEX Commit-Reveal
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 20:18:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89d0bf6783 DPP: Protocol testing - invalid Bootstrap Key value in PKEX Commit-Reveal
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f31ef96dc3 DPP: Protocol testing - invalid Status value in PKEX Exchange Response
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d05c82c4d0 DPP: Move PKEX z derivation on Responder to earlier phase
K and z can be derived already based on information available at the
time the PKEX Exchange Request is being processed, so move these there
from the PKEX Commit-Reveal Request processing since that matches the
DPP tech spec description close and allows PKEX exchange to be aborted
earlier if anything unexpected happens.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
578c9ea1ab DPP: Fix a typo in a debug print
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f5fff4363 DPP: Explicitly check that PKEX Qr is not the point-at-infinity
This was already done for Qi, but the same needs to be done for Qr as
well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29ab69e4b0 DPP: PKEX counter t
Add limit on number of failed attempts that could have used PKEX code.
If the limit (5) is reached, drop the PKEX state (including the code)
and report this on the control interface to indicate that a new code
needs to be entered due to possible attack.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
039b8e7369 DPP: Terminate PKEX exchange on detection of a mismatching code
Clean up the pending PKEX exchange if Commit-Reveal Request processing
indicates a mismatch in the PKEX code. Previously, the this case was
silently ignored and the session was left in pending state that
prevented new PKEX exchanges from getting initated. Now, a new attempt
is allowed to be initiated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc0efa2a1e DPP: Use dpp_bn2bin_pad() helper to simplify code
Number of places writing BIGNUM values with left-padding were open
coding this helper functionality unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e0247e7983 DPP: PKEX and STATUS_BAD_GROUP
Report mismatching finite cyclic group with PKEX Exchange Response using
STATUS_BAD_GROUP and provide more detailed error report over the control
interface on the peer device when this happens.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2265353a4f DPP: Remove obsolete TODO comment on discovery object
The optional channel information was removed from the discovery object
in the DPP tech spec, so no need to maintain this TODO note anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fe12ae777f Fix Status Code in TKIP countermeasures case
The previously used WLAN_REASON_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE (14) value as a
response to Authentication frame or (Re)Association Request frame is not
correct since the resp value is encoded in the Status Code (not Reason
Code) field. Status Code 14 is WLAN_STATUS_UNKNOWN_AUTH_TRANSACTION
which is really what this value would have meant in the response frames.

There is no Michael MIC failure status code, so have to use the generic
"Unspecified failure" (1) reason code for these cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cfcbd32ac DPP: Testing capability to generate invalid PKEX encrypted key (M and N)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7e7b7122e DPP: Report PKEX failure reasons over control interface
This provides more information to upper layer software to report failure
reasons on the UI.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61f9f27f80 DPP: Extend protocol testing to cover missing attributes in PKEX
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 23:53:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3e4cc5cbb DPP: Move PKEX Commit-Reveal Response building to a helper function
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_commit_reveal_req() a bit and makes it easier
to add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0626c2a6b DPP: Move PKEX Commit-Reveal Request building to a helper function
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_exchange_resp() a bit and makes it easier to
add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5c3b41b2f DPP: Move PKEX Exchange Response building to a helper function
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_exchange_req() a bit and makes it easier to
add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60b9dd86fd DPP: Fix couple of typos in debug messages
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06f2df0693 DPP: Fix hostapd control interface events for initiator case
Incorrect msg_ctx was registered for the wpa_msg() calls from the DPP
module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 12:25:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
219d4c9fcb DPP: Report possible PKEX code mismatch in control interface
Indicate to upper layers if PKEX Commit-Reveal Request frame AES-SIV
decryption fails. That is a likely sign of the PKEX code mismatch
between the devices.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 12:25:35 +02:00
Lior David
0c3bc1be09 Fix test build breakage when not compiling with ieee80211w support
Build breakage was introduced by commit
d8afdb210e ('Allow EAPOL-Key messages 1/4
and 3/4 to be retransmitted for testing') for some
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds without CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-01 12:50:20 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
ea4ace9c76 hostapd: Add max_txpower into STATUS command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:49:41 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
bf6c65afce hostapd: Add Beacon interval and DTIM period into STATUS command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:45:29 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
c7ae2b3104 hostapd: Add HT/VHT capability info into STATUS command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:41:38 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
1f91a8bdea hostapd: Add HT/VHT capability info into STA command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:37:20 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
65f9db6bc2 hostapd: Add extended capabilities into STA command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 00:31:31 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
d1f3a81446 hostapd: Add [HT] flag into STA command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 00:28:46 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
ba72b4b126 hostapd: Add Min/Max Transmit Power Capability into STA command
This provides access to the Minimum/Maximum Transmit Power Capabilitie
fileds (the nominal minimum/maximum transmit power with which the STA
is capable of transmitting in the current channel; signed integer in
units of decibels relative to 1 mW).

Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 00:22:58 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
33c8bbd8ca OWE: Add AP mode handling of OWE with drivers that implement SME
Handle OWE DH exchange and key setup when processing the association
event from a driver that implements AP SME.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-30 23:24:42 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
28d1264131 Check hostapd current_mode before dereferencing it in additional places
While most places using this should be for cases where the hw_features
functionality is required, there seem to be some paths that are getting
exposed in new OWE related operations where that might not be the case.
Add explicit NULL pointer checks to avoid dereferencing the pointer if
it is not set when operating with driver wrappers that do not provide
sufficient information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-30 23:20:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
348c93847a AP-side workaround for WNM-Sleep Mode GTK/IGTK reinstallation issues
Normally, WNM-Sleep Mode exit with management frame protection
negotiated would result in the current GTK/IGTK getting added into the
WNM-Sleep Mode Response frame. Some station implementations may have a
vulnerability that results in GTK/IGTK reinstallation based on this
frame being replayed. Add a new hostapd configuration parameter that can
be used to disable that behavior and use EAPOL-Key frames for GTK/IGTK
update instead. This would likely be only used with
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries=1 that enables a workaround for similar
issues with EAPOL-Key. This is related to station side vulnerabilities
CVE-2017-13087 and CVE-2017-13088. To enable this AP-side workaround,
set wnm_sleep_mode_no_keys=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-29 17:13:54 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3f5a1860a8 wpa_auth: Deplete group rekey eloop handler for strict rekeying
When strict group rekeying is in effect, every station that leaves will
cause a rekeying to happen 0.5 s after leaving. However, if a lot of
stations join/leave, the previous code could postpone this rekeying
forever, since it always re-registers the handling with a 0.5 s timeout.

Use eloop_deplete_timeout() to address that, only registering the
timeout from scratch if it wasn't pending.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-10-29 17:04:14 +02:00
Johannes Berg
92662fb281 Allow forcing group rekeying for testing purposes
In order to test the WoWLAN GTK rekeying KRACK mitigation, add a
REKEY_GTK hostapd control interface command that can be used at certain
points of the test.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-10-29 16:58:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d270920692 DPP: Negotiation channel change request from Initiator
Allow the Initiator to request a different channel to be used for DPP
Authentication and DPP Configuration exchanges. This commit adds support
for this in wpa_supplicant with the optional neg_freq=<freq in MHz>
parameter in DPP_AUTH_INIT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-29 16:08:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e85b660129 DPP: Add DPP Status attribute into Peer Discovery Response
This was added in DPP tech spec v0.2.7 to allow result of network
introduction to be reported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-29 12:16:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19ef4289ca DPP: Process Authentication Confirm failure cases
Process Authentication Confirm with the two failure cases defined in the
spec: STATUS_NOT_COMPATIBLE and STATUS_AUTH_FAILURE. This verifies the
{R-nonce}k2 part and reports more detailed failure reason if the message
is valid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-28 17:44:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d917ab048 DPP: Send Authentication Confirm failure reports
If Authentication Response processing fails due to R-capab
incompatibility or R-auth mismatch, send Authentication Confirm with
error status.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-28 17:44:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
978bc3f2af DPP: Auth Resp/Conf incorrect attribute values for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow I-nonce, R-capab, R-auth,
and I-auth values in Authentication Response/Confirm to use incorrect
values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-28 17:44:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b51112031 DPP: Allow Responder to decide not to use mutual authentication
Previously, Initiator decided whether to use mutual authentication on
its own based on having own and peer bootstrapping info. This prevented
Responder from selecting not to use mutual authentication in such a
case. Fix this by allowed Initiator to fall back to non-mutual
authentication based on Responder choice if the bootstrapping mechanism
allows this (PKEX does not; it mandates use of mutual authentication).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-27 16:09:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dcdaeab79c DPP: Report Auth Conf failures in control interface
This is useful for protocol testing purposes and UI needs to display
more detailed information about DPP exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-27 16:09:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f9c7d77029 DPP: Omission of Auth Conf attributes for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Confirm to be omitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-27 16:09:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26806abe85 DPP: Report invalid messages and failure conditions in control interface
This is useful for protocol testing purposes and UI needs to display
more detailed information about DPP exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 22:45:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce9acce006 DPP: Omission of Auth Resp attributes for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Response to be omitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 22:38:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a03406dbe2 DPP: Move Authentication Response building into a separate function
This cleans up old dpp_auth_build_resp() (now dpp_auth_build_resp_ok())
a bit by separating initialization steps for a DPP authentication
session from the code needed to build the frame. This allows
dpp_auth_build_resp_status() to share the helper function instead of
having to maintain a duplicated message construction implementation. In
addition, this makes it easier to remove some of the attributes for
protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 19:05:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e7cb8c6c1 DPP: Omission of Auth Req attributes for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Request to be omitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 18:27:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
606a8e8d57 DPP: Move Authentication Request building into a separate function
This cleans up dpp_auth_init() a bit by separating initialization steps
for a DPP authentication session from the code needed to build the
frame. In addition, this makes it easier to remove some of the
attributes for protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 18:25:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3749ad0e1d DPP: Explicitly check and reject 0x00 and 0x03 I/R-capab role
0x00 and 0x03 are not valid I/R-capabilities role values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af48810ba3 DPP: Report transmitted messages as control interface events
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.
Both the DPP-TX and DPP-TX-STATUS events are provided.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a707393494 DPP: Report received messages as control interface events
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
27fefbbb76 DPP: Remove unnecessary Wrapped Data checks from callers
Now that dpp_check_attrs() takes care of verifying that no attributes
are after the Wrapped Data attribute, the duplicated checks in hostapd
and wpa_supplicant side of the implementation can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c881807b5 DPP: Verify that Wrapped Data attribute is the last one in the message
Do not allow any additional attributes to be included after the Wrapped
Data attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60239f60a6 DPP: Protocol testing framework
Add a generic mechanism for configuring the DPP implementation to behave
in particular different (mostly incorrect) ways for protocol testing
purposes. The new dpp_test parameter can be set to a non-zero integer to
indicate a specific behavior. This is only available in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

This commit include cases for an extra attribute being added after the
Wrapped Data attribute and Initiator/Responder capabilities having an
unexpected zero capability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Michael Baird
5f7c9e50f5 EAP server: Add event messages for more EAP states
While using an external RADIUS server SUCCESS messages were not being
sent (internal was fine). Also add event messages for other states that
others might find useful, and consistency between the two.

Signed-off-by: Michael Baird <Michael.Baird@ecs.vuw.ac.nz>
2017-10-21 20:28:46 +03:00
andrekorol
a68e0d869f Fix a typo in a comment (the variable is ptk, not pkt)
Signed-off-by: Andre Rossi Korol <anrobits@yahoo.com.br>
2017-10-21 12:02:54 +03:00
Ben Greear
74e55b6585 Fix test build breakage when not compiling with mesh support
Build breakage was introduced by commit
16579769ff ('Add testing functionality for
resetting PN/IPN for configured keys') for some CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2017-10-21 10:59:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d0fb95583 WNM: Ignore BSS Transition Management frames in bss_transition=0 case
The hostapd bss_transition parameter was previously used to control
advertisement of BSS Transition Management support, but it was not used
when processing BSS Transition Management Query/Response frames. Add an
explicit check during frame processing as well so that any misbehaving
station is ignored. In addition to bss_transition=1, allow mbo=1 to be
used to mark the functionality enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-20 20:32:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
114f2830d2 WNM: Ignore WNM-Sleep Mode Request in wnm_sleep_mode=0 case
The hostapd wnm_sleep_mode parameter was previously used to control
advertisement of WNM-Sleep Mode support, but it was not used when
processing a request to use WNM-Sleep Mode. Add an explicit check during
request processing as well so that any misbehaving station is ignored.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-20 17:39:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d6953288b Extend RESEND_* test commands to allow forcing plaintext TX
This allows hostapd testing functionality to be forced to send out a
plaintext EAPOL-Key frame with the RESEND_* command. That can be useful
in seeing how the station behaves if an unencrypted EAPOL frame is
received when TK is already configured.

This is not really perfect since there is no convenient way of sending
out a single unencrypted frame in the current nl80211 design. The
monitor interface could likely still do this, but that's not really
supposed to be used anymore. For now, clear and restore TK during this
operation. The restore part is not really working correctly, though,
since it ends up clearing the TSC value on the AP side and that shows up
as replay protection issues on the station. Anyway, this is sufficient
to generate sniffer captures to analyze station behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-19 18:32:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4be5bc98a8 DPP: Update AES-SIV AD for PKEX frames
The protocol design was updated to protect the six octets in the header
before the attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-19 18:32:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc4d271c6d DPP: Update AES-SIV AD for DPP Authentication frames
The protocol design was updated to protect the six octets in the header
before the attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-18 22:51:30 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
084131c850 FILS: Allow eap_peer_get_erp_info() to be called without config
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-18 01:19:40 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
693eafb150 nl80211: Update FILS roam info from vendor roam event
Add support to update PMK, PMKID, and ERP next sequence number
from FILS roamed info.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 16:26:44 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
3c67e977de nl80211: Add support to send updated connection parameters
After an initial connection certain connection parameters may be
updated. It may be necessary to send these parameters to drivers since
these will be used in driver-initiated roaming cases. This commit
defines the driver_ops call for this and implements the needed
functionality for the nl80211 driver interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 16:04:51 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
cddfda7892 Add attributes to support roam+auth vendor event for FILS
Add additional attributes to specify the PMK, PMKID, and the ERP next
sequence number to the vendor subcommand
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH. These are needed in case
of an offloaded FILS roaming.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 15:55:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c0fe5f125a Clear BSSID information in supplicant state machine on disconnection
This fixes a corner case where RSN pre-authentication candidate from
scan results was ignored if the station was associated with that BSS
just before running the new scan for the connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 01:15:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
006fb845b8 nl80211: Use NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME if available
This allows a more accurate scan result age to be fetched than the one
available through NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 00:07:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6ea665300 Additional consistentcy checks for PTK component lengths
Verify that TK, KCK, and KEK lengths are set to consistent values within
struct wpa_ptk before using them in supplicant. This is an additional
layer of protection against unexpected states.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 00:07:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6f234c1e2e Optional AP side workaround for key reinstallation attacks
This adds a new hostapd configuration parameter
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries=1 that can be used to disable
retransmission of EAPOL-Key frames that are used to install
keys (EAPOL-Key message 3/4 and group message 1/2). This is
similar to setting wpa_group_update_count=1 and
wpa_pairwise_update_count=1, but with no impact to message 1/4
retries and with extended timeout for messages 4/4 and group
message 2/2 to avoid causing issues with stations that may use
aggressive power saving have very long time in replying to the
EAPOL-Key messages.

This option can be used to work around key reinstallation attacks
on the station (supplicant) side in cases those station devices
cannot be updated for some reason. By removing the
retransmissions the attacker cannot cause key reinstallation with
a delayed frame transmission. This is related to the station side
vulnerabilities CVE-2017-13077, CVE-2017-13078, CVE-2017-13079,
CVE-2017-13080, and CVE-2017-13081.

This workaround might cause interoperability issues and reduced
robustness of key negotiation especially in environments with
heavy traffic load due to the number of attempts to perform the
key exchange is reduced significantly. As such, this workaround
is disabled by default (unless overridden in build
configuration). To enable this, set the parameter to 1.

It is also possible to enable this in the build by default by
adding the following to the build configuration:

CFLAGS += -DDEFAULT_WPA_DISABLE_EAPOL_KEY_RETRIES=1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 00:06:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb06748f45 Make last received ANonce available through control interface
This makes it easier to debug 4-way handshake implementation issues
without having to use a sniffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8afdb210e Allow EAPOL-Key messages 1/4 and 3/4 to be retransmitted for testing
The new hostapd control interface commands "RESEND_M1 <addr>" and
"RESEND_M3 <addr>" can be used to request a retransmission of the 4-Way
Handshake messages 1/4 and 3/4 witht he same or modified ANonce (in M1).

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6bc2f00f44 Allow group key handshake message 1/2 to be retransmitted for testing
The new hostapd control interface command "RESEND_GROUP_M1 <addr>" can
be used to request a retransmission of the Group Key Handshake message
1/2 for the current GTK.

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16579769ff Add testing functionality for resetting PN/IPN for configured keys
This can be used to test replay protection. The "RESET_PN" command in
wpa_supplicant and "RESET_PN <addr>" command in hostapd resets the local
counters to zero for the last configured key. For hostapd, the address
parameter specifies which STA this operation is for or selects GTK
("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff") or IGTK ("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff IGTK").

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:43:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b488a12948 Clear PMK length and check for this when deriving PTK
Instead of setting the default PMK length for the cleared PMK, set the
length to 0 and explicitly check for this when deriving PTK to avoid
unexpected key derivation with an all-zeroes key should it be possible
to somehow trigger PTK derivation to happen before PMK derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00583ef111 Add debug prints on PMK configuration in WPA supplicant
This makes it easier to understand the cases where PMK gets configured
based on information from upper layer call (e.g., a PSK).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
a00e946c1c WPA: Extra defense against PTK reinstalls in 4-way handshake
Currently, reinstallations of the PTK are prevented by (1) assuring the
same TPTK is only set once as the PTK, and (2) that one particular PTK
is only installed once. This patch makes it more explicit that point (1)
is required to prevent key reinstallations. At the same time, this patch
hardens wpa_supplicant such that future changes do not accidentally
break this property.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0bf1b68c0 Remove all PeerKey functionality
This was originally added to allow the IEEE 802.11 protocol to be
tested, but there are no known fully functional implementations based on
this nor any known deployments of PeerKey functionality. Furthermore,
PeerKey design in the IEEE Std 802.11-2016 standard has already been
marked as obsolete for DLS and it is being considered for complete
removal in REVmd.

This implementation did not really work, so it could not have been used
in practice. For example, key configuration was using incorrect
algorithm values (WPA_CIPHER_* instead of WPA_ALG_*) which resulted in
mapping to an invalid WPA_ALG_* value for the actual driver operation.
As such, the derived key could not have been successfully set for the
link.

Since there are bugs in this implementation and there does not seem to
be any future for the PeerKey design with DLS (TDLS being the future for
DLS), the best approach is to simply delete all this code to simplify
the EAPOL-Key handling design and to get rid of any potential issues if
these code paths were accidentially reachable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e760851176 FILS: Do not allow multiple (Re)Association Response frames
The driver is expected to not report a second association event without
the station having explicitly request a new association. As such, this
case should not be reachable. However, since reconfiguring the same
pairwise or group keys to the driver could result in nonce reuse issues,
be extra careful here and do an additional state check to avoid this
even if the local driver ends up somehow accepting an unexpected
(Re)Association Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f1357fb62 FILS: Accept another (Re)Association Request frame during an association
The previous implementation ended up starting a new EAPOL-Key 4-way
handshake if the STA were to attempt to perform another association.
This resulted in immediate disconnection since the PTK was not ready for
configuring FILS TK at the point when EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 is sent out.
This is better than alloing the association to continue with the same TK
reconfigured, but not really ideal.

Address this potential sequence by not starting a new 4-way handshake on
the additional association attempt. Instead, allow the association to
complete, but do so without reconfiguring the TK to avoid potential
issues with PN reuse with the same TK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df94906201 Add MGMT_TX_STATUS_PROCESS command for testing purposes
This allows ext_mgmt_frame_handling=1 cases with hostapd to process TX
status events based on external processing. This is useful for increased
test coverage of management frame processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a9c5217b1 FT: Do not allow multiple Reassociation Response frames
The driver is expected to not report a second association event without
the station having explicitly request a new association. As such, this
case should not be reachable. However, since reconfiguring the same
pairwise or group keys to the driver could result in nonce reuse issues,
be extra careful here and do an additional state check to avoid this
even if the local driver ends up somehow accepting an unexpected
Reassociation Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff89af96e5 TDLS: Reject TPK-TK reconfiguration
Do not try to reconfigure the same TPK-TK to the driver after it has
been successfully configured. This is an explicit check to avoid issues
related to resetting the TX/RX packet number. There was already a check
for this for TPK M2 (retries of that message are ignored completely), so
that behavior does not get modified.

For TPK M3, the TPK-TK could have been reconfigured, but that was
followed by immediate teardown of the link due to an issue in updating
the STA entry. Furthermore, for TDLS with any real security (i.e.,
ignoring open/WEP), the TPK message exchange is protected on the AP path
and simple replay attacks are not feasible.

As an additional corner case, make sure the local nonce gets updated if
the peer uses a very unlikely "random nonce" of all zeros.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0adc9b28b3 Fix PTK rekeying to generate a new ANonce
The Authenticator state machine path for PTK rekeying ended up bypassing
the AUTHENTICATION2 state where a new ANonce is generated when going
directly to the PTKSTART state since there is no need to try to
determine the PMK again in such a case. This is far from ideal since the
new PTK would depend on a new nonce only from the supplicant.

Fix this by generating a new ANonce when moving to the PTKSTART state
for the purpose of starting new 4-way handshake to rekey PTK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
53bb18cc8b Prevent installation of an all-zero TK
Properly track whether a PTK has already been installed to the driver
and the TK part cleared from memory. This prevents an attacker from
trying to trick the client into installing an all-zero TK.

This fixes the earlier fix in commit
ad00d64e7d ('Fix TK configuration to the
driver in EAPOL-Key 3/4 retry case') which did not take into account
possibility of an extra message 1/4 showing up between retries of
message 3/4.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87e2db16ba Extend protection of GTK/IGTK reinstallation of WNM-Sleep Mode cases
This extends the protection to track last configured GTK/IGTK value
separately from EAPOL-Key frames and WNM-Sleep Mode frames to cover a
corner case where these two different mechanisms may get used when the
GTK/IGTK has changed and tracking a single value is not sufficient to
detect a possible key reconfiguration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
cb5132bb35 Prevent reinstallation of an already in-use group key
Track the current GTK and IGTK that is in use and when receiving a
(possibly retransmitted) Group Message 1 or WNM-Sleep Mode Response, do
not install the given key if it is already in use. This prevents an
attacker from trying to trick the client into resetting or lowering the
sequence counter associated to the group key.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
0e3bd7ac68 hostapd: Avoid key reinstallation in FT handshake
Do not reinstall TK to the driver during Reassociation Response frame
processing if the first attempt of setting the TK succeeded. This avoids
issues related to clearing the TX/RX PN that could result in reusing
same PN values for transmitted frames (e.g., due to CCM nonce reuse and
also hitting replay protection on the receiver) and accepting replayed
frames on RX side.

This issue was introduced by the commit
0e84c25434 ('FT: Fix PTK configuration in
authenticator') which allowed wpa_ft_install_ptk() to be called multiple
times with the same PTK. While the second configuration attempt is
needed with some drivers, it must be done only if the first attempt
failed.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c53eb94616 OWE: Remove forgotten developer debug prints
These were used during initial implementation testing and were not
supposed to get committed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 23:43:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2377c1caef SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately (AP)
The new sae_password hostapd configuration parameter can now be used to
set the SAE password instead of the previously used wpa_passphrase
parameter. This allows shorter than 8 characters and longer than 63
characters long passwords to be used. In addition, this makes it
possible to configure a BSS with both WPA-PSK and SAE enabled to use
different passphrase/password based on which AKM is selected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 23:10:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
58efbcbcd4 DPP: Fix static analyzer warnings in key generation and JWK construction
Memory allocation failures could have resulted in error paths that
dereference a NULL pointer or double-freeing memory. Fix this by
explicitly clearing the freed pointer and checking allocation results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 18:19:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
91cc34bf32 OWE: Allow set of enabled DH groups to be limited on AP
The new hostapd configuration parameter owe_groups can be used to
specify a subset of the allowed DH groups as a space separated list of
group identifiers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 21:03:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
265bda3444 OWE: Allow DH Parameters element to be overridden for testing purposes
This allows CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds of wpa_supplicant to
override the OWE DH Parameters element in (Re)Association Request frames
with arbitrary data specified with the "VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 13 <IE>"
command. This is only for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 18:26:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c19ea3f21 DPP: Add the crypto suite field to the frames
This additional field was added to DPP Public Action frames in DPP tech
spec v0.2.3 to support cryptographic agility in the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 01:30:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c77e2ff096 DPP: Remove C-sign-key expiry
This was removed in DPP tech spec v0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 01:17:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6254045a51 DPP: Explicitly delete the PKEX secret element K upon generation of z
This was added as an explicit requirement in DPP tech spec 0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 00:56:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e6709a4ea DPP: Rename PKEX secret element from Z to K
This matches the change in the DPP tech spec to make this less likely to
be confused with the shared secret z.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 00:52:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6573171792 DPP: Verify that PKEX Qi is not the point-at-infinity
This was added as an explicit requirement in DPP tech spec v0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 00:42:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a891388184 OWE: Transition mode information based on BSS ifname
The owe_transition_bssid and owe_transition_ssid parameters can now be
replace with owe_transition_ifname to clone the BSSID/SSID information
automatically in case the same hostapd process manages both the OWE and
open BSS for transition mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 13:39:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a78c36194 OWE: PMKSA caching in station mode
This extends OWE support in wpa_supplicant to allow PMKSA caching to be
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 12:12:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d90f10fa41 OWE: PMKSA caching in AP mode
This extends OWE support in hostapd to allow PMKSA caching to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 12:12:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8b5579e17a DPP: Fix EAPOL-Key Key MIC calculation
The Key MIC field value got truncated for all cases and incorrect HMAC
hash algorithm was used for the SHA512 cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec9f483774 OWE: Support DH groups 20 (NIST P-384) and 21 (NIST P-521) in station
This extends OWE support in wpa_supplicant to allow DH groups 20 and 21
to be used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256). The group
is configured using the new network profile parameter owe_group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a12edd163 OWE: Support DH groups 20 (NIST P-384) and 21 (NIST P-521) in AP mode
This extends OWE support in hostapd to allow DH groups 20 and 21 to be
used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6c4726189c OWE: Extend shared helper functions to support other DH curves
This extends the helper functions for determining OWE key lengths and
Key MIC values to support other DH curves beyond the mandatory group 19.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8c8d85753 OWE: Include RSNE in (Re)Association Response frame
This is not normally done in RSN, but RFC 8110 seems to imply that AP
has to include OWE AKM in the RSNE within these frames. So, add the RSNE
to (Re)Association Response frames when OWE is being negotiated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
675112df1b OWE: Set PMK length properly on supplicant side
sm->pmk_len was not set when deriving the PMK as part of OWE key
generation. This depending on wpa_sm_set_pmk_from_pmksa() call resetting
the value to the default. While this worked for many cases, this is not
correct and can have issues with network profile selection based on
association information. For example, the OWE transition mode cases
would hit an issue here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ea079153f4 OWE: Add AP support for transition mode
The new owe_transition_bssid and owe_transition_ssid parameters can be
used to configure hostapd to advertise the OWE Transition Mode element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Peng Xu
4a37463416 hostapd: Update HE capabilities and HE operation definition
Replace vendor-specific elements for HE capabilities and HE operation
elements with the P802.11ax defined element values. This version is
based on P802.11ax/D1.4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-05 15:09:43 +03:00
bhagavathi perumal s
3567641ebb Add TX/RX rate info and signal strength into STA output
These allow external programs to fetch the TX and RX rate information
and signal strength for a specific STA through the hostapd control
interface command "STA <addr>". The values of these attributes are
filled in the response of nl80211 command NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION.

Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-05 12:12:24 +03:00
Lior David
fa4b605a0d WPS: Do not increment wildcard_uuid when pin is locked
Commit 84751b98c1 ('WPS: Allow wildcard
UUID PIN to be used twice') relaxed the constraints on how many time a
wildcard PIN can be used to allow two attempts. However, it did this in
a way that could result in concurrent attempts resulting in the wildcard
PIN being invalidated even without the second attempt actually going as
far as trying to use the PIN and a WPS protocol run.

wildcard_uuid is a flag/counter set for wildcard PINs and it is
incremented whenever the PIN is retrieved by wps_registrar_get_pin().
Eventually it causes the wildcard PIN to be released, effectively
limiting the number of registration attempts with a wildcard PIN.

With the previous implementation, when the PIN is in use and locked
(PIN_LOCKED), it is not returned from wps_registrar_get_pin() but
wildcard_uuid is still incremented which can cause the PIN to be
released earlier and stations will have fewer registration attempts with
it. Fix this scenario by only incrementing wildcard_uuid if the PIN is
actually going to be returned and used.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-03 19:19:01 +03:00
Krishna Rao
ee522d27cf Vendor flags for 11ax channel property flags for use with external ACS
Add 802.11ax channel property flags for use with external ACS (QCA
vendor command). Use the remaining available bits in
qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags for the first few 11ax flags. Then
add qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags_2 as a continuation of
qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags and add the remaining 11ax flags
there. Note that qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags_ext is not used
since it is currently not intended for holding such information. Rather
it is meant for holding additional control information related to
features such as DFS, CSA, etc.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-26 18:00:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61a56c1480 Add group_mgmt network parameter for PMF cipher selection
The new wpa_supplicant network parameter group_mgmt can be used to
specify which group management ciphers (AES-128-CMAC, BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, BIP-CMAC-256) are allowed for the network. If not
specified, the current behavior is maintained (i.e., follow what the AP
advertises). The parameter can list multiple space separate ciphers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-26 17:40:02 +03:00
Michael Braun
0ad5893a2f PAE: Validate input before pointer
ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() calls ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist()
before body_len has been checked on all segments.

ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() and ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist() might
continue and thus underflow left_len even if it finds left_len to small
(or before checking).

Additionally, ieee802_1x_mka_dump_peer_body() might perform out of bound
reads in this case.

Fix this by checking left_len and aborting if too small early.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-09-25 21:26:32 +03:00
Ilan Peer
fd35ed5bba AP: Remove unneeded check for 'added_unassociated'
In fils_hlp_finish_assoc() the station is already added to the
driver so it is not needed to check the 'added_unassociated'
flag.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-09-25 21:21:22 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
d55b174609 FILS: Vendor attribute to disable driver FILS features
The FILS features on STA needs to be disabled for testing purposes to
verify the APUT behavior with non-FILS STAs. Add a QCA vendor attribute
for doing so.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-25 20:22:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
29c940e7a6 TDLS: Update the comments related to TPK derivation
Update these comments based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016 to get rid of the
already resolved TODO comment regarding duplicated N_KEY use. The
implementation does not need any changes since it was already following
the fixed version in the current standard.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-22 10:23:35 +03:00
Peng Xu
3de1566db8 FILS: Check req_ies for NULL pointer in hostapd_notif_assoc()
Add checking for NULL req_ies when FILS processing a driver ASSOC event
in hostapd_notif_assoc(). This was already done in number of old code
paths, but the newer FILS path did not handle this. Though, it is
unlikely that this code path would be reachable in practice since this
is all within sta->auth_alg == WLAN_AUTH_FILS_* check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-19 15:28:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c9663cf6b OpenSSL: Force RSA 3072-bit DH prime size limit for Suite B
Reject a DHE handshake if the server uses a DH prime that does not have
sufficient length to meet the Suite B 192-bit level requirement (<= 3k
(3072) bits).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2ed70c7586 OpenSSL: Add option to disable ECDHE with Suite B RSA
The hostapd.conf tls_flags=[SUITEB-NO-ECDH] and wpa_supplicant network
profile phase1="tls_suiteb_no_ecdh=1" can now be used to configure Suite
B RSA constraints with ECDHE disabled. This is mainly to allow
the DHE TLS cipher suite to be tested.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4eb8cfe06b OpenSSL: Force RSA 3072-bit key size limit for Suite B
Reject a peer certificate chain if it includes an RSA public key that
does not use sufficient key length to meet the Suite B 192-bit level
requirement (<= 3k (3072) bits).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6418400db9 Add hostapd tls_flags parameter
This can be used to set the TLS flags for authentication server.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60ed2f24eb Suite B: Add tls_suiteb=1 parameter for RSA 3k key case
This adds phase1 parameter tls_suiteb=1 into wpa_supplicant
configuration to allow TLS library (only OpenSSL supported for now) to
use Suite B 192-bit level rules with RSA when using >= 3k (3072) keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-17 00:09:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5030d7d9fd DPP: Allow raw hex PSK to be used for legacy configuration
The new psk=<hexdump> can be used as an alternative to pass=<passphrase>
when configuring the DPP Configurator with a legacy network parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 17:54:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
039ab15fdf DPP: Add DPP-CONFOBJ-PASS/PSK events for hostapd legacy configuration
These control interface event messages can be used to allow hostapd AP
to be configured for legacy WPA2-Personal configuration with DPP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 17:45:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9824de57a4 Fix EAPOL-Key version check for a corner case with Suite B AKM
While the Suite B AKM is not really going to be used with CCMP-128 or
GCMP-128 cipher, this corner case could be fixed if it is useful for
some testing purposes. Allow that special case to skip the HMAC-SHA1
check based on CCMP/GCMP cipher and use the following AKM-defined check
instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 00:36:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4cada9dcc1 FILS: Add DHss into FILS-Key-Data derivation when using FILS SK+PFS
This part is missing from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, but the lack of DHss
here means there would not be proper PFS for the case where PMKSA
caching is used with FILS SK+PFS authentication. This was not really the
intent of the FILS design and that issue was fixed during REVmd work
with the changes proposed in
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/17/11-17-0906-04-000m-fils-fixes.docx
that add DHss into FILS-Key-Data (and PTK, in practice) derivation for
the PMKSA caching case so that a unique ICK, KEK, and TK are derived
even when using the same PMK.

Note: This is not backwards compatible, i.e., this breaks PMKSA caching
with FILS SK+PFS if only STA or AP side implementation is updated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-13 22:17:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41b8191485 FILS: Update PMKID derivation rules for ERP key hierarchy establishment
IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016 had missed a change in the Pairwise key hierarchy
clause (12.7.1.3 in IEEE Std 802.11-2016) and due to that, the previous
implementation ended up using HMAC-SHA-1 -based PMKID derivation. This
was not really the intent of the FILS design and that issue was fixed
during REVmd work with the changes proposed in
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/17/11-17-0906-04-000m-fils-fixes.docx
that change FILS cases to use HMAC-SHA-256 and HMAC-SHA-384 based on the
negotiated AKM.

Update the implementation to match the new design. This changes the
rsn_pmkid() function to take in the more generic AKMP identifier instead
of a boolean identifying whether SHA256 is used.

Note: This is not backwards compatible, i.e., this breaks PMKSA caching
based on the initial ERP key hierarchy setup if only STA or AP side
implementation is updated. PMKSA caching based on FILS authentication
exchange is not impacted by this, though.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-13 22:17:58 +03:00
Michael Braun
73b3de01ce macsec_linux: Exit early when missing macsec kernel module
Using driver macsec_linux makes no sense without macsec kernel module
loaded.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-09-10 22:26:36 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7612e65b9b mka: Add error handling for secy_init_macsec() calls
secy_init_macsec() can fail (if ->macsec_init fails), and
ieee802_1x_kay_init() should handle this and not let MKA run any
further, because nothing is going to work anyway.

On failure, ieee802_1x_kay_init() must deinit its kay, which will free
kay->ctx, so ieee802_1x_kay_init callers (only ieee802_1x_alloc_kay_sm)
must not do it. Before this patch there is a double-free of the ctx
argument when ieee802_1x_kay_deinit() was called.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2017-09-10 22:23:25 +03:00
Rohit Pratap Singh
fdbfb63e45 nl80211: Fix bridge name print while removing interface from bridge
Removing interface from bridge in_br
linux_br_del_if(drv->global->ioctl_sock, in_br, ifname)
but in case of failure, the error print is incorrect:
it should show error for "in_br" instead of the wrong bridge name
"brname".

Signed-off-by: Rohit Pratap Singh <rohit.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
2017-09-10 22:11:08 +03:00
Michael Braun
333517ac1c crypto: Fix undefined behavior in random number generator
ubsan reported:

../src/crypto/random.c:69:30: runtime error: shift exponent 32 is too large for 32-bit type 'unsigned int'

Explicitly check for the ROL32(x, 0) case which is supposed to be a
no-op.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-09-10 21:50:21 +03:00
Akihiro Onodera
84fccc7242 Send Client-Error when AT_KDF attributes from the server are incorrect
After KDF negotiation, must check only requested change occurred in the
list of AT_KDF attributes. If there are any other changes, the peer must
behave like the case that AT_MAC had been incorrect and authentication
is failed. These are defined in EAP-AKA' specification RFC 5448, Section
3.2.

Add a complete check of AT_KDF attributes and send Client-Error if a
change which is not requested is included in it.

Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sony.com>
2017-09-10 20:11:07 +03:00
Akihiro Onodera
446600c354 Add AT_KDF attributes to Synchronization-Failure in EAP-AKA'
AT_KDF attributes need to be included in Synchronization-Failure
according to EAP-AKA' specification RFC 5448.

Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sony.com>
2017-09-10 01:39:37 +03:00
Andrew Elble
155bf11088 PMKSA: Fix use-after-free in pmksa_cache_clone_entry()
pmksa_cache_add_entry() may actually free old_entry if the PMKSA cache
is full. This can result in the PMKSA cache containing entries with
corrupt expiration times.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Elble <aweits@rit.edu>
2017-09-10 01:39:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49e6a55537 FILS: Add a space before MAC address to a HLP debug message
The "FILS: No pending HLP DHCP exchange with hw_addr" debug message was
missing a space before the following MAC address, so add that there to
make the message more readable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-07 13:33:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
359166ed24 Remove the completely unused FT parameters in driver association data
It looks like these parameters related to FT have never been used, so
remove them from causing confusion. The separate update_ft_ies()
callback is used to provide the FT elements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-06 21:20:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3db2a82df8 Add SHA-384 routines to libcrypto.a
wlantest needs this for being able to decrypt FILS (Re)Association
Request/Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-05 18:58:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3648d8a185 SAE: Allow commit fields to be overridden for testing purposes
The new sae_commit_override=<hexdump> parameter can be used to force
hostapd to override SAE commit message fields for testing purposes. This
is included only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e75335384a SAE: Add testing code for reflection attack
Allow hostapd to be configured to perform SAE reflection attack for SAE
testing purposes with sae_reflection_attack=1 configuration parameter.
This is included only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e61fea6b46 SAE: Fix PMKSA caching behavior in AP mode
Add PMKID into EAPOL-Key 1/4 when using SAE and fix the PMK-from-PMKSA
selection in some cases where PSK (from passphrase) could have been
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2d4f2eb5d DPP: Derive PMKID using SHA256() for all curves
This was previously defined inconsistently (H() vs. SHA256()), but it is
now clarified in the draft tech spec to use SHA256(), so update
implementation to do that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-24 23:59:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64a0a75b5b nl80211: Fix auth_alg selection with FILS in the connect command
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE needs to be skipped if multiple auth_alg options
are included. The previous list missed the new FILS auth_alg here and
ended up not doing so if OPEN and FILS were included.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-24 23:30:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7475e80f14 FILS: Fix wpa_supplicant AP build without CONFIG_IEEE80211W
CONFIG_FILS was missed as one of items requiring the p pointer in
hostapd_notif_assoc().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-24 17:33:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85fd8263a5 DPP: Use Transaction ID in Peer Discovery Request/Response frames
DPP tech spec changed the contents of these frames by replacing the
public key hash attributes with a Transaction ID attribute that gets
copied from the request to the response to identify the transaction in a
simpler manner.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 12:51:41 +03:00
Hu Wang
a28675da23 hs20-osu-client: Fix build with new OpenSSL and BoringSSL
Use the SSL_get_SSL_CTX() helper instead of dereferencing SSL* since
struct ssl_st is not exposed in public header files anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 11:40:10 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
cf39475b40 Introduce QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_HANG
This is an event indicating to the user space that the driver has
detected an internal failure. The driver is expected to recover from
such a failure automatically, e.g., by resetting the device. This event
carries the information indicating the reason that triggered this
detection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 11:32:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17385fba2a tests: JSON module tests for additional array parsing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 00:29:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4488b9dad JSON: Fix parsing of arrays of numbers, strings, literals
The previous implementation was able to parse arrays of objects, but not
arrays of other types of items.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 00:28:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a4bf007877 DPP: Remove devices object from the connector
This was removed from the draft DPP tech spec, so remove it from the
implementation as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-22 23:46:27 +03:00
Sachin Ahuja
e77d13ef95 QCA vendor attribute to configure beacon miss penalize count for BTC
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-18 21:10:53 +03:00
Sachin Ahuja
7bd88aaf37 QCA vendor attribute to configure beacon miss count
This can be used to dynamically enable/disable beacon miss count.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-18 21:10:53 +03:00
Sandeep Puligilla
505554bbf7 QCA vendor attribute to enable/disable scan
This commit introduces QCA vendor attribute to
disable/enable scan.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Puligilla <spuligil@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-18 21:10:53 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
b0fc2ef3a3 hw_features: Fix check of supported 802.11ac channel width
The two channel width bits in the VHT capability field can be decoded in
following values (IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 8.4.2.160.2 VHT Capabilities
Info field):

 * 0: no 160 or 80+80 MHz support
 * 1: 160 MHz support
 * 2: 160 and 80+80 MHz support
 * 3: (reserved)

The check must therefore not be done bitwise but instead it must checked
whether the capabilities announced by the driver are at least the ones
requested by the user.

Fixes: c781eb8428 ("hostapd: Verify VHT capabilities are supported by driver")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
2017-07-18 13:39:46 +03:00
Avraham Stern
b5bf84ba39 WNM: Differentiate between WNM for station and for AP in build
Previously, CONFIG_WNM enabled build that supports WNM for both
station mode and AP mode. However, in most wpa_supplicant cases only
station mode WNM is required and there is no need for AP mode WNM.

Add support to differentiate between station mode WNM and AP mode
WNM in wpa_supplicant builds by adding CONFIG_WNM_AP that should be
used when AP mode WNM support is required in addition to station mode
WNM. This allows binary size to be reduced for builds that require
only the station side WNM functionality.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-07-18 13:28:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
809c675029 DPP: Fix build with OpenSSL 1.1.0
X509_ALGOR_get0() was modified to use const ** pointer as the first
argument in OpenSSL 1.1.0, so need to use different type here to avoid
compilation issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-07-17 12:26:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
89971d8b1e OpenSSL: Clear default_passwd_cb more thoroughly
Previously, the pointer to strdup passwd was left in OpenSSL library
default_passwd_cb_userdata and even the default_passwd_cb was left set
on an error path. To avoid unexpected behavior if something were to
manage to use there pointers, clear them explicitly once done with
loading of the private key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-07-17 12:06:17 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
f665c93e1d OpenSSL: Fix private key password handling with OpenSSL >= 1.1.0f
Since OpenSSL version 1.1.0f, SSL_use_PrivateKey_file() uses the
callback from the SSL object instead of the one from the CTX, so let's
set the callback on both SSL and CTX. Note that
SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*() is available only in 1.1.0.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-07-17 11:57:16 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
2b9891bd6e OpenSSL: Add build option to select default ciphers
Add a build option to select different default ciphers for OpenSSL
instead of the hardcoded default "DEFAULT:!EXP:!LOW".

This new option is useful on distributions where the security level
should be consistent for all applications, as in Fedora [1]. In such
cases the new configuration option would be set to "" or
"PROFILE=SYSTEM" to select the global crypto policy by default.

[1] https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/CryptoPolicy

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-07-17 11:55:22 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
65833d71a5 OCE: Add hostapd mode OCE capability indication if enabled
Add OCE IE in Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response
frames if OCE is enabled in the configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:27:00 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
332aadb8a2 STA: Add OCE capability indication attribute
Add OCE capability indication attribute in Probe Request and
(Re)Association Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:19:53 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
fb718f94d6 nl80211: Check if driver supports OCE specific features
Check if device supports OCE STA/STA-CFON/AP specific mandatory
features. This commit includes checking based on the QCA vendor
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:13:22 +03:00
vamsi krishna
46b15e470e Add vendor flags for OCE feature support indication
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:11:35 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
9f44f7f3b5 Introduce a vendor attribute to represent the PNO/EPNO Request ID
This request ID was wrongly referred from the REQUEST_ID in
enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_gscan_config_params which is mapped to
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_PNO_PASSPOINT_LIST_PARAM_NUM in PNO Config.
Hence define a different attribute to represent the request ID
for PNO Config.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:11:35 +03:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
881a92e8b8 FILS: Fix compilation with CONFIG_NO_WPA
wpa_fils_is_completed() was not defined.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:21:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f2ae8cff5 EAP-TTLS: Fix a memory leak on error paths
The allocated challenge needs to be freed on these error paths as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-07-08 16:21:38 +03:00
Ilan Peer
83e003a913 EAP-TTLS: Fix possible memory leak in eap_ttls_phase2_request_mschap()
The msg buffer needs to be freed on these two error paths.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:19:36 +03:00
Ilan Peer
96e595a9f1 EAP-LEAP: Fix possible memory leak in eap_leap_process_request()
Free 'resp' object in case of a failure to derive the response.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:14:03 +03:00
Naftali Goldstein
3f8e3a5486 ap: Fix invalid HT40 channel pair fallback
In case of incorrect HT40 configuration as part of an attempt to create
a 80 MHz AP, iface->conf->vht_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and
iface->conf->vht_oper_centr_freq_seg1_idx are zero'ed, but
iface->conf->vht_oper_chwidth remains VHT_CHANWIDTH_80MHZ. This causes
the logic in dfs_get_start_chan_idx to fail.

Fix this by setting iface->conf->vht_oper_chwidth to
VHT_CHANWIDTH_USE_HT when zero'ing the center frequency parameters.

Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:06:38 +03:00
Ilan Peer
6d3e24d3e3 ap: Fix return value in hostapd_drv_switch_channel()
The documentation in driver.h state that in case of an error
-1 is returned.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:06:38 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bfbc41eace DPP: Fix compilation without openssl
dpp.h file requires openssl in order to compile, which breaks
compilation on systems without it.
Move DPP_OUI_TYPE to ieee802_11_defs.h and don't include dpp.h when
not really needed.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2017-07-07 23:37:45 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
fe3e0bac1f FILS: Advertize FILS capability based on driver capability
Add changes to control interface command get_capability to advertize
FILS capability, FILS AKMs suites, and FILS Authentication algorithms
based on the driver capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-07 13:39:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5579c11c3e Fix a typo in vendor attribute documentation
The attribute is QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SAR_LIMITS_SAR_ENABLE, not
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SAR_LIMITS_SELECT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-07 13:26:45 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
8b5ddda5fb FILS: Add HLP support with driver-based AP SME
This allows HLP processing to postpone association processing in
hostapd_notify_assoc().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-06 15:24:42 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
31ec556cef FILS: Fix the IP header protocol field in HLP DHCP response
The IP header should indicate that UDP is used in the message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-06 14:00:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b3e567c890 FILS: ERP-based PMKSA cache addition on AP
hostapd did not add a new PMKSA cache entry when FILS shared key
authentication was used, i.e., only the initial full authentication
resulted in a PMKSA cache entry being created. Derive the PMKID for the
ERP case as well and add a PMKSA cache entry if the ERP exchange
succeeds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 17:52:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bfe448331f FILS: Fix a frame name in a debug print
The EAP message included in FILS Wrapped Data from the non-AP STA to the
AP is EAP-Initiate/Re-auth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 17:29:44 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
f2cdb41b81 OCE: Define OCE attributes and other related macros
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 02:02:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f522bb2377 DPP: Add DPP_CONFIGURATOR_SIGN to generate own connector
The DPP Configurator can use this new command to generate its own signed
connector for the network that it manages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 17:48:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a86fb43ca3 DPP: DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO for hostapd
This extends the hostapd control interface to support the
DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO command that was recently added for wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 15:56:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
484788b875 DPP: Share bootstrap type to string helper function
This can be used in hostapd as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 15:45:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8885023252 Add new key_mgmt values for wpa_supplicant STATUS command
Recently added OWE and DPP were missing from the key_mgmt string list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 14:33:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3a5954ef98 Add mgmt_group_cipher to wpa_supplicant STATUS command
This can be used to check which management group cipher is used in an
association that uses PMF.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 14:28:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
90f837b0bf Update default wpa_group_rekey to once-per-day when using CCMP/GCMP
The default value for GTK rekeying period was previously hardcoded to
600 seconds for all cases. Leave that short value only for TKIP as group
cipher while moving to the IEEE 802.11 default value of 86400 seconds
(once-per-day) for CCMP/GCMP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:42:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
787615b381 DPP: Set PMKSA expiration based on peer connector
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:29:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6b140f0fa2 DPP: Update hostapd configurator parameters to match wpa_supplicant
This updates the previously copied implementation to be up-to-date with
the more recent wpa_supplicant changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:15:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2605405aa4 DPP: Configurator in hostapd
This integrates DPP configuration request processing into hostapd GAS
server implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efeada91a4 DPP: PKEX in hostapd
Allow hostapd to initiate and respond with PKEX bootstrapping similarly
to how this was implemented in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6095b47905 DPP: Check JWS protected header alg against C-sign-key curve
These need to be compatible for the JWS protected header signing to be
valid, so add an explicit check to confirm this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
31f03cb009 DPP: Update JWS algorithm strings for Brainpool curves
Instead of trying to share the existing definitions for NIST curves,
start using unique strings for Brainpool curves.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 21:13:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e0d3d3fceb DPP: Rename Brainpool curve names for JSON
This removes the "R1" postfix from the names used in JSON.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
500ed7f006 DPP: PKEX bootstrapping
This implements genric PKEX functionality in src/common/dpp.c and glue
code to use this in wpa_supplicant (i.e, hostapd DPP implementation does
not yet support PKEX).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b9d47b4848 DPP: Add helper functions for running hash operations
Use helper functions to cover all three different hash algorithm options
for DPP operations instead of having separate calls to each function at
every location a hash operation based on the curve is needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43fbb8db5b DPP: More debug for own connector configuration errors
This makes it easier to notice a reason for failure in cases a connector
string has been truncated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f1f4fa7972 DPP: Fix JWK debug prints
This function is used for parsing both the C-sign-key and netAccessKey,
so better not imply that all cases are C-sign-key in the debug prints.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
b04854ceff nl80211/MBO: Set temporary disallowed BSSID list to driver
Set temporary disallowed BSSID list to the driver so that the driver
doesn't try to connect to any of the blacklisted BSSIDs during
driver-based roaming operation. This commit includes support only for
the nl80211 driver interface using a QCA vendor command for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-30 17:27:44 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
2a71673e27 ERP: Derive ERP key only after successful EAP authentication
ERP key was previously derived immediately after the availability of
EMSK and Session-Id and the ERP key hierarchy was saved even if the
authentication resulted in failure eventually. Instead, derive the ERP
key only after a successful EAP authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 19:37:14 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
528b655788 Add Set Wi-Fi Configuration vendor attribute to configure LRO
This can be used to dynamically enable/disable LRO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 19:25:46 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
944f359e19 Introduce a vendor command to specify the active Type Of Service
This commit introduces QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ACTIVE_TOS to specify
the active Type Of Service on the specific interface. This can be used
to modify some of the low level scan parameters (off channel dwell time,
home channel time) in the driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 19:23:38 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b6ea764252 nl80211: Make KCK attribute optional in rekey data
New AKM suites like FILS-SHA256 do not use KCK and hence KCK length can
be zero. Add changes to include KCK attribute in rekey data only if the
length is non-zero.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 18:58:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
186f204893 JSON: Fix \u escaping
Remove the extra 'x' character from the escaped string.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-22 15:09:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8528994e21 DPP: Automatic network profile creation
wpa_supplicant can now be configured to generate a network profile
automatically based on DPP configuration. The following
dpp_config_processing values can be used to specify the behavior:
0 = report received configuration to an external program for
    processing; do not generate any network profile internally (default)
1 = report received configuration to an external program and generate
    a network profile internally, but do not automatically connect
    to the created (disabled) profile; the network profile id is
    reported to external programs
2 = report received configuration to an external program, generate
    a network profile internally, try to connect to the created
    profile automatically

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-21 18:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0d5c56f8b DPP: Network Introduction protocol for wpa_supplicant
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ff89c2ebd DPP: Network Introduction protocol for hostapd
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
650a70a72a DPP: Network Introduction protocol
This commit adds generic helper functions for going through Network
Introduction protocol.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56c7549587 DPP: AP parameters for DPP AKM
Extend hostapd configuration to include parameters needed for the DPP
AKM: dpp_connector, dpp_netaccesskey, dpp_netaccesskey_expiry,
dpp_csign, dpp_csign_expiry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c52953b0f DPP: Allow PMKSA cache entries to be added through hostapd ctrl_iface
This allows external programs to generate and add PMKSA cache entries
into hostapd. The main use for this is to run external DPP processing
(network introduction) and testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
567da5bbd0 DPP: Add new AKM
This new AKM is used with DPP when using the signed Connector to derive
a PMK. Since the KCK, KEK, and MIC lengths are variable within a single
AKM, this needs number of additional changes to get the PMK length
delivered to places that need to figure out the lengths of the PTK
components.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c2b8204e6 DPP: Integration for hostapd
This adds DPP bootstrapping, authentication, and configuration into
hostapd similarly to how the design was integrated in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
461d39af40 DPP: Configuration exchange
This adds support for DPP Configuration Protocol using GAS. Full
generation and processing of the configuration object is not included in
this commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
30d27b048e DPP: Authentication exchange
Add wpa_supplicant control interface commands for managing DPP
Authentication exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be27e185b7 DPP: Bootstrap information management
Add wpa_supplicant control interface commands for parsing the bootstrap
info URI from a QR Code (get peer public key) and to generate a new
bootstrap info with private key for local use. The optional
key=<hexdump> argument to the DPP_BOOTSTRAP_GEN command can be used to
specify the bootstrapping private key in OpenSSL ECPrivateKey DER
encoding format. This results in the local bootstrapping information
entry being created with the specified key instead of generating a new
random one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 12:03:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00b02149ed nl80211: Register to receive DPP Public Action frames
These are needed for DPP exchanges. In addition, register GAS frames for
DPP builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e19eb88a9 tests: Module tests for JSON parser
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
005be3daa9 Add JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) parser (RFC7159)
This is needed for DPP configuration attributes/objects.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b52e1adc2 tests: Update base64 OOM test cases to match implementation changes
Introduction of the new base64 helper function changed the backtraces
for these OOM test cases and resulted in test failures. Update the test
scripts to work with the new implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ffdc8b196 Add base64url encoding/decoding per RFC 4648
This adds functionality needed for parsing and generating JSON Web Key
data structures in DPP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
77f273c82c Extend SHA-384 and SHA-512 support to match SHA-256
The additional SHA-384 and SHA-512 functionality is needed to support
DPP with various ECC curves.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:12 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b5db6e5dc4 eap_proxy: Support multiple SIMs in get_imsi()
This allows the eap_proxy mechanism to be used with multiple SIMs by
following the configured sim_num to index which SIM to use for when
fetching the IMSI through eap_proxy.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-06 03:42:32 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
0020876514 eap_proxy: Build realm from IMSI for proxy based EAP methods
For proxy based EAP methods, the EAP identity is constructed in
eap_proxy layer from IMSI when required. Realm information from identity
is used to do ERP eventually, hence construct the realm for proxy based
methods from IMSI in core wpa_supplicant to enable the ERP use case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-06 03:41:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e0c20ff3e nl80211: Do not notify interface as re-enabled if initialization fails
wpa_supplicant tries to reinitialize an interface when a previously
removed netdev is restored (e.g., re-insert a USB dongle). If that
initialization fails (e.g., driver ejects ifconfig UP), the previous
implementation resulted in leaving the interface in incomplete state
while still claiming to upper layers that the interface status has
changed back to functional one.

Fix this by skipping the interface status update if reinitialization
fails. In other words, remain in INTERFACE_DISABLED state if the
interface cannot be re-enabled successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-06 03:07:43 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
8696e61702 eap_proxy: Add support for deriving ERP information
This commit adds support for deriving ERP key information in EAP Proxy
based EAP method implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-05 08:04:52 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
115d5e2221 hostapd: Fix handling a 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame
hostapd processes a received 20/40 BSS Coexistence management frame, but
if no separate callbacks are registered for handling Public Action
frames it eventually sends a reply with MSB of category code set to 1
thinking that the received frame is an invalid frame. This could happen
based on whether hostapd was built and enabled with functionality using
the callback functions.

Fix this by explicitly returning 1 from the function when the 20/40 BSS
Coexistence Management frame is processed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-05 08:04:44 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
2d18ab4082 Add a config parameter to exclude DFS channels from ACS
The new acs_exclude_dfs=1 parameter can be used to request hostapd to
exclude all DFS channels from ACS consideration. This is mainly of use
for cases where the driver supports DFS channels, but for some reason a
non-DFS channel is desired when using automatic channel selection.
Previously, the chanlist parameter could have been used for this, but
that required listing all the acceptable channels. The new parameter
allows this to be done without such a list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-27 11:50:21 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
9ddba3a309 Rename vendor attribute DISABLE_OFFCHANNEL to RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL
This commit renames the vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_DISABLE_OFFCHANNEL to
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL as intended by the
original commit d506c35efc ('Set Wi-Fi
Configuration attribute to restrict offchannel operations').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-26 13:18:06 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
d506c35efc Set Wi-Fi Configuration attribute to restrict offchannel operations
This commit defines an attribute to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION -
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL which can be used to
restrict offchannel operations on the AP/GO interface.

The goal is to restrict any operations which would cause the AP/GO to
leave its operating channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-23 00:10:01 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
4aa329298d ERP: Do not generate ERP keys when domain name is not specified
This commit adds changes to not generate ERP information if the domain
name is not specified in the EAP identity. keyName-NAI needs the realm
part and as such, it is reasonable to require the main EAP configuration
to provide that realm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-22 13:51:23 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
290834df69 nl80211: Fix race condition in detecting MAC change
Commit 3e0272ca00 ('nl80211: Re-read MAC
address on RTM_NEWLINK') added the detection of external changes to MAC
address when the interface is brought up.

If the interface state is changed quickly enough, wpa_supplicant may
receive the netlink message for the !IFF_UP event when the interface
has already been brought up and would ignore the next netlink IFF_UP
message, missing the MAC change.

Fix this by also reloading the MAC address when a !IFF_UP event is
received with the interface up, because this implies that the
interface went down and up again, possibly changing the address.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-05-13 20:01:44 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
04f667fcdd DFS: Allow switch to DFS channel after radar detection in ETSI
This is to comply with uniform spreading requirement for ETSI domain
(section 4.7.2.7 in EN 301 893 - V1.8.1). ETSI uniform spreading
requires equal probability for the usable channels. The previous channel
selection logic after a radar detection did not fully comply with the
uniform spreading requirement for the domain by ignoring DFS channels.
Consider DFS channels also during channel selection when the current DFS
domain is ETSI.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-13 20:01:44 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
aa56e36d66 driver: Make DFS domain information available to core
Current DFS domain information of the driver can be used in ap/dfs
to comply with DFS domain specific requirements like uniform spreading
for ETSI domain.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-13 20:01:44 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
e8e430fe7a Vendor attributes to retain connection on a roam request failure
This commit introduces the following two attributes to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH events:

QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAM_AUTH_STATUS - Indicates the status of
	re-association requested by user space
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAM_AUTH_RETAIN_CONNECTION - Indicates whether
	the old association was maintained when a re-association
	is requested by user space and that re-association attempt
	fails (i.e., cannot connect to the requested BSS, but can
	remain associated with the BSS with which the association was
	in place when being requested to roam).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-12 00:39:00 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
33117656e6 Define a QCA vendor attribute to update the listen interval
This commit defines an attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_LISTEN_INTERVAL which allows the currently
used listen interval to be updated using
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION. This update applies
only during the association and is done without updating the AP about
the change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-10 23:58:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85cff4b0d8 OpenSSL: Try SHA256 hash for OCSP certificate matching
Previously, only SHA1 hash -based server certificate matching was used,
but the OCSP response may use SHA256 instead of SHA1, so check the match
with both hash functions, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-09 23:36:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d264c2e390 HTTP (curl): Try SHA256 hash for OCSP certificate matching
Previously, only SHA1 hash -based server certificate matching was used,
but the OCSP response may use SHA256 instead of SHA1, so check the match
with both hash functions, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-09 23:36:36 +03:00
Masashi Honma
31a856a127 mesh: Make NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD configurable
In some practical cases, it is useful to suppress joining to node in the
distance. The new field mesh_rssi_threshold could be used as RSSI
threshold for joining.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-05-08 16:23:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f3c49d418 Fix 160 MHz opclass channel to frequency conversion
This needs to allow all 20 MHz channel numbers to be converted even
though the Annex E table lists only channel _center_ frequencies 50 and
114. Neighbor Report (see IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.37 Neighbor Report
element) uses Channel Number field with "last known primary channel of
the AP" which refers to the 20 MHz channel and not the channel center
frequency.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-07 22:08:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8fed47e013 FILS: Derive FT key hierarchy on authenticator side for FILS+FT
Derive PMK-R0 and the relevant key names when using FILS authentication
for initial FT mobility domain association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 22:08:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d440a3bc4 FILS: Derive FT key hierarchy on supplicant side for FILS+FT
Derive PMK-R0 and the relevant key names when using FILS authentication
for initial FT mobility domain association. Fill in the FT IEs in
(Re)Association Request frame for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 22:08:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
215eaa748b FILS: Implement FILS-FT derivation
This extends fils_pmk_to_ptk() to allow FILS-FT to be derived. The
callers do not yet use that capability; i.e., actual use will be added
in separate commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
80ddf5d995 FILS: Fix Key-Auth derivation for SK+PFS for authenticator side
The conditional gSTA and gAP (DH public keys) were not previously
included in Key-Auth derivation, but they are needed for the PFS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6b6231338 FILS: Fix Key-Auth derivation for SK+PFS for supplicant side
The conditional gSTA and gAP (DH public keys) were not previously
included in Key-Auth derivation, but they are needed for the PFS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d0a61c501 FILS: Debug print inputs to Key-Auth derivation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jonas Larsson
853cfa8738 Detect endianness when building for RTEMS
This adds endianness detection and byte swap
definitions for the RTEMS RTOS.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Larsson <ljonas@google.com>
2017-05-05 00:41:12 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
178553b709 MBO: Add support to set ignore assoc disallow to driver
Add support to set ignore assoc disallow to the driver so that the
driver ignores assoc disallowed bit set by APs while connecting. This is
used by drivers that handle BSS selection and roaming internally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-05 00:26:05 +03:00
Michael Braun
3a46cf93d0 FT: Add support for wildcard R0KH/R1KH
Enable use of FT RRB without configuring each other AP locally. Instead,
broadcast messages are exchanged to discover APs within the local
network.

When an R0KH or R1KH is discovered, it is cached for one day.

When a station uses an invalid or offline r0kh_id, requests are always
broadcast. In order to avoid this, if r0kh does not reply, a temporary
blacklist entry is added to r0kh_list.

To avoid blocking a valid r0kh when a non-existing pmk_r0_name is
requested, r0kh is required to always reply using a NAK. Resend requests
a few times to ensure blacklisting does not happen due to small packet
loss.

To free newly created stations later, the r*kh_list start pointer in
conf needs to be updateable from wpa_auth_ft.c, where only wconf is
accessed.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 22:16:14 +03:00
Michael Braun
eefe863015 FT RRB: Add msg replay and msg delay protection
This adds a counter and adds sequence numbering to FT RRB packets. The
sequence number is checked against r0kh/r1kh sequence number cache.

Special attention is needed in case the remote AP reboots and thus loses
its state. I prefer it to recover automatically even without synchronized
clocks. Therefore an identifier called dom is generated randomly along the
initial sequence number. If the dom transmitted does not match or the
sequence number is not in the range currently expected, the sender is asked
for a fresh confirmation of its currently used sequence numbers. The packet
that triggered this is cached and processed again later.

Additionally, in order to ensure freshness, the remote AP includes an
timestamp with its messages. It is then verified that the received
messages are indeed fresh by comparing it to the older timestamps
received and the time elapsed since then. Therefore FT_RRB_TIMESTAMP is
no longer needed.

This assigns new OUI 00:13:74 vendor-specific subtype 0x0001 subtypes:
4 (SEQ_REQ) and 5 (SEQ_RESP).

This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated
on all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 22:16:14 +03:00
Michael Braun
245fc96e5f FT: New RRB message format
Convert FT RRB into a new TLV based format. Use AES-SIV as AEAD cipher
to protect the messages.

This needs at least 32 byte long keys. These can be provided either
by a config file change or letting a KDF derive the 32 byte key used
from the 16 byte key given.

This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated on
all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 21:55:29 +03:00
Michael Braun
50bd8e0a90 FT: Replace inter-AP protocol with use of OUI Extended Ethertype
Replace the previously used extension of IEEE 802.11 managed Ethertype
89-0d (originally added for Remote Request/Response in IEEE 802.11r)
with Ethertype 88-b7 (OUI Extended EtherType) for FT inter-AP
communication. The new design uses a more properly assigned identifier
for the messages.

This assigns the OUI 00:13:74 vendor-specific subtype 0x0001 for the new
hostapd AP-to-AP communication purposes. Subtypes 1 (PULL), 2 (RESP),
and 3 (PUSH) are also assigned in this commit for the R0KH-R1KH
protocol.

This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated on
all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 18:30:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01dd2b1054 ERP: Silence static analyzer warning
The check for erp->keyname_nai within eap_erp_get_key() is apparently
too difficult for some static analyzers to notice. Add an explicit check
for os_strchr() return value being non-NULL to avoid false reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-01 22:08:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d912953e37 atheros: Get rid of static analyzer warnings on 0-length memcpy
These functions can potentially be called with ie == NULL and ie_len ==
0. Check explitcitly for the ie == NULL case to avoid confusing
memcpy(dst, NULL, 0) calls.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-01 22:08:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f541148257 Fix GAS server ifdef block use
Commit 941caed980 ('MBO: Add MBO
ANQP-element processing on AP') changed the design by using the
rx_anqp_vendor_specific() function to process all ANQP vendor specific
elements. However, the caller for this was within ifdef CONFIG_HS20
block. Fix this by calling the function even in CONFIG_HS20=y is not
included in the build. This fixes CONFIG_MBO=y builds without
CONFIG_HS20=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-01 17:39:14 +03:00
Peng Xu
ec27b04e60 hostapd: Select a valid secondary channel if both enabled
When starting AP in HT40 mode and both HT40+ and HT40- options are
specified in hostapd.conf, select a valid secondary channel for the AP
automatically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-29 16:35:23 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
da6a28ba60 FILS: Specify if FILS HLP was sent in connect
This adds a string "FILS_HLP_SENT" to connect event when HLP is sent
as part of ASSOC/CONNECT request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-29 16:35:23 +03:00
Ranga Ravuri
9f894823fa PAE: Silence static analyzer warning about NULL pointer dereference
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() did not check
ieee802_1x_kay_get_potential_peer() result explicitly and a static
analyzer reported a warning about the possible NULL result. This cannot
really happen in practice since the only caller of
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() verifies that the specific peer entry is
available. Anyway, it is easy to silence the false warning by adding an
explicit check here and cover any other potential case if another caller
is added.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 11:38:10 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
fa61bff6ae FILS: Handle authentication/association in partial driver AP SME
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 01:07:39 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
5cee22ca47 FILS: Make handle_auth_fils() re-usable for driver-based AP SME
Allow this function to be called from outside ieee802_11.c and with the
final steps replaced through a callback function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 01:07:39 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
5e5f8c816b FILS: Move authentication response handling into a helper function
This can be reused when splitting handle_auth_fils() to support the
driver-based AP SME case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 01:07:36 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
b8a3453aca FILS: Pass only IE area to handle_auth_fils()
This function does not need the frame header, so pass in only the IE
area to make it easier to share this for driver-based AP SME handling.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 18:24:38 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
9392859d7b FILS: Move AssocResp construction to a helper function
This can be reused from driver-based AP SME callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 18:20:00 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
bd59935323 FILS: Move Key Confirm element validation to a helper function
This can be reused from driver-based AP SME callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:55:35 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
087631b985 FILS: Move Session element validation to a helper function
This can be reused from driver-based AP SME callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
cc20edc9f1 FILS: Add FILS auth_alg to driver-based AP SME association handling
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
957bff83c4 FILS: Add driver-AP SME callback to set TK after association
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
8acbf85fa2 FILS: Add FILS AEAD parameters for sta_auth() calls
This is used with partial AP SME in driver cases to enable FILS
association (AES-SIV) processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
f46c154c59 atheros: Add FILS AAD parameters in sta_auth() handler
This is needed to allow the driver SME to perform the needed AES-SIV
operations during FILS association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
6b128fb2af driver: Move sta_auth() arguments to a struct
This makes it easier to add more parameters without having to change the
callback function prototype.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:12 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
d7cff1d871 atheros: Enable raw management frame receive for FILS builds
This is needed to be able to process authentication and association
frames for FILS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-21 19:37:32 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
2b7a8ec473 atheros: Read driver FILS capability
This will be used to determine what type of operations to use for STA
authentication and association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-21 19:37:27 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
d5444aac4c FILS: Add FILS Indication element into Beacon/Probe Response template
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-21 18:44:59 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
8befe8a993 Define a QCA attribute to specify the PCL policy for external ACS
This commit defines an attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_EXTERNAL_ACS_EVENT_POLICY to signify the preferred
channel list policy for external ACS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-20 22:49:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
183d3924cf WPS: Add option for using random UUID
If the uuid configuration parameter is not set, wpa_supplicant generates
an UUID automatically to allow WPS operations to proceed. This was
previously always using an UUID generated from the MAC address. This
commit adds an option to use a random UUID instead. The type of the
automatically generated UUID is set with the auto_uuid parameter: 0 =
based on MAC address (default; old behavior), 1 = random UUID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-13 17:38:55 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b44d1efd28 FILS: Fix key info in GTK rekey EAPOL-Key msg 2/2
While responding to EAPOL-Key message 1/2 with EAPOL-Key message 2/2
when using FILS AKM suites the ENCRYPTED bit is not set in key info of
2/2 which causes AP to drop 2/2. Fix this by setting the ENCRYPTED bit
since FILS AKM based connection uses AEAD encryption/decryption.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-10 16:18:11 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
04243740c9 FILS: Fix GTK rekey by accepting EAPOL-Key msg 1/2 with FILS AKM
GTK rekeying was rejected if a prior 4-way handshake is not done.
Fix this by allowing GTK rekey to happen in case of a FILS connection
since it does not involve a 4-way handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-10 16:11:41 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
bbe7969d63 FILS: Update cache identifier on association
This is needed when offloading FILS shared key to the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:59:12 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
f705f41b7f FILS: Update PMKSA cache with FILS shared key offload
Add a new PMKSA cache entry within wpa_supplicant if a driver event from
offloaded FILS shared key authentication indicates a new PMKSA entry was
created.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
5538fc9309 FILS: Track completion with FILS shared key authentication offload
Update the internal fils_completed state when offloading FILS shared key
authentication to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
15def72fab ERP: External control of ERP key information
This allows ERP keys to be managed by external entities, e.g., when
offloading FILS shared key authentication to a driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
42e69bda2a FILS: Add support for Cache Identifier in add/remove PMKSA
Add support for setting and deleting PMKSA cache entries based on FILS Cache
Identifer. Also additionally add support for sending PMK as part of
SET_PMKSA to enable driver to derive keys in case of FILS shared key
offload using PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
061a3d3d53 nl80211: Add support for FILS Cache Identifier in add/remove_pmkid()
This is needed for configuring PMKSA cache entries to the driver with
the FILS Cache Identifier and SSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 17:03:37 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
6fbb54140b driver: Move add_pmkid() and remove_pmkid() arguments into a struct
This makes it easier to add more arguments to these wpa_driver_ops
functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 17:03:35 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
ad295f3b85 nl80211: Add support for FILS shared key offload
Add support for FILS shared key offload for drivers which advertize
FILS shared key support using NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 16:21:55 +03:00
Peng Xu
16217e13d8 QCA vendor commands and attributes for spectral scan
Add new vendor commands for starting and stoppping spectral scan. Add
vendor attributes for configuring spectral scan parameters as part of
the start command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-06 17:34:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5db997e343 FILS: Add FTE into FILS Authentication frame from AP when using FILS+FT
MDE was already added with RSNE, but FTE needed to be added to the FILS
Authentication frame for the FT initial mobility domain association
using FILS authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-02 22:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af3e362fa7 FILS: Add MDE into Authentication frame for FILS+FT
When using FILS for FT initial mobility domain association, add MDE to
the Authentication frame from the STA to indicate this special case for
FILS authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-02 13:23:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5aa08153af FT: Add selection of FT+FILS AKMs
This is needed to enable use of FILS for the FT initial mobility domain
association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-02 12:57:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2971da270f P2P: Do not use wait_time for SD Response TX for last fragmentation
The last SD Response frame fragment is not going to be followed by
another Action frame from the peer, so remove the 200 ms wait time from
the offchannel TX command in that case. This avoids leaving a 200 ms
lock on the radio to remain on the channel unnecessarily.

This is similar to commit 7655bd7388
('P2P: Do not use wait_time for SD Response TX without fragmentation').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-01 14:25:26 +03:00
Michael Braun
c5fee1604b FT: Schedule wpa_ft_rrb_rx() through eloop in intra-process communication
With AP-AP communication, when hapd0 sends a packet, hapd1 can receive
it immediately and send a response. But hapd0 will only read and process
the response after it has returned from the sending context, that is
entered eloop again. So one does not need to consider the RX function of
the reply to run for the request sending hapd before the send calling
function has returned.

Previously, with intra-process communication, the packet is not
scheduled through eloop. Thus the RX handler of the reply might be run
while the sending context of the original request has not returned.
This might become problematic, e.g., when deferring a management frame
processing until an RRB response is received and then have the request
restarted and finished before the original request handling has been
stopped.

I'm not aware of any concrete bug this is currently triggering but came
across it while thinking of FT RRB AP-AP sequence numbering.

I think the non-eloop scheduling approach might be error-prone and thus
propose to model it more closely to the way the message would be
received from a socket. Additionally, this ensures that the tests model
AP-AP communication more closely to real world.

Solution: queue these packets through eloop.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-04-01 12:51:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4696773676 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-03-31.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-31 13:14:20 +03:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
775e986d5f hostapd: Fix crash on consecutive channel switch failures
With multiple interface like AP and station which is already
associated to some other AP, when we try to do channel switch
for the AP mode (different from the operation channel support of
station) and if the AP channel switch fails continously (including
the fallback channel switch), results in a crash due to NULL pointer
dereference. This is because hostapd_deinit_driver() assigns the
driver context (drv_priv) to NULL as we are not able to bring up
the interface with a new channel

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-29 15:03:16 +03:00
Zhaoyang Liu
1275958873 QCA vendor command: Add TA max duration attribute for OCB configure
Add attribute for TA max duration after last TA received. So that local
time is synchromous to other communicating OCB STAs. If the duration
expires, OCB STA without UTC time source is not in sync to other STAs
and stop scheduling DSRC channel switch after max duration.

Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <zhaoyang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ferry Zhou <tianguiz@codeaurora.org>
2017-03-27 17:19:38 +03:00
Zhaoyang Liu
2a9ec7c69c Define attributes for QCA vendor OCB commands
Document QCA vendor OCB commands about IEEE Std 802.11 communication
outside the context of a basic service set. Also define all attributes
for the specific OCB commands.

Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <zhaoyang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ferry Zhou <tianguiz@codeaurora.org>
2017-03-27 17:17:03 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
0119d44243 FILS: Fix wpa_supplicant compilation errors
This change fixes the following compilation error:

wpa.c:2465: error: undefined reference to 'crypto_ecdh_deinit'

in builds where CONFIG_ECC does not get defined.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
4cc6574d00 FILS: Fix fils_cache_id check
This fixes the following compiler warning:
wpa_auth.c:4249:34: error: address of array 'a->conf.fils_cache_id'
 will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5269dc209 wpa_helpers: Ignore link-local IPv4 address while waiting for DHCP
Do not accept a link-local IPv4 address when waiting for a valid DHCP
address. This helps with hs20-osu-client use cases where DHCP response
has not yet been received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e2f00bb5ff xml: Add Value node in TNDS node conversion for empty value case
Previously, the Value node was not added if value of a node could not be
fetched. This can cause interoperability issues, so address that in the
same way as an empty length value, i.e., by adding a Value node with
zero-length contents.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Davide Caratti
5db86df6a8 macsec_linux: Fix NULL pointer dereference on error cases
In case wpa_supplicant is using driver_macsec_linux, but macsec module
is not (yet) loaded in the kernel, nl_socket_alloc() fails and drv->sk
is NULL. In this case, don't call libnl functions rntl_link_add() or
rtnl_link_change() using such NULL pointer, to prevent program from
getting segmentation faults like:

 Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
 nl_socket_get_local_port (sk=sk@entry=0x0) at socket.c:365
 365             if (sk->s_local.nl_pid == 0) {
 (gdb) p sk
 $1 = (const struct nl_sock *) 0x0
 (gdb) bt
 #0  nl_socket_get_local_port (sk=sk@entry=0x0) at socket.c:365
 #1  0x00007ffff79c56a0 in nl_complete_msg (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
  msg=msg@entry=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:491
 #2  0x00007ffff79c56d1 in nl_send_auto (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
  msg=msg@entry=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:522
 #3  0x00007ffff79c652f in nl_send_sync (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
  msg=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:556
 #4  0x00007ffff755faf5 in rtnl_link_add (sk=0x0,
  link=link@entry=0x55555595b0f0, flags=flags@entry=1024) at route/link.c:1548
 #5  0x000055555567a298 in macsec_drv_create_transmit_sc (priv=0x55555593b130,
  sc=0x55555593b320, conf_offset=<optimized out>) at ../src/drivers/driver_macsec_linux.c:998

Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Davide Caratti
e50df5d2a2 mka: Fix use-after-free when transmit secure channels are deleted
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_transmit_sc() frees the transmit secure channel
data, but secy_delete_transmit_sc() still needs it. Since this functions
are called sequentially, secy_delete_transmit_sc() can be called from
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_transmit_sc() before txsc is freed.

Fixes: 128f6a98b3 ("mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Davide Caratti
529d6ed726 mka: Fix use-after-free when receive secure channels are deleted
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_receive_sc() frees the receive secure channel data,
but secy_delete_receive_sc() still needs it. Since these two functions
are always called sequentially, secy_delete_receive_sc() can be called
from ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_receive_sc() before rxsc is freed.

Fixes: 128f6a98b3 ("mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
lifeng
6c2056abe5 QCA vendor attributes to extend antenna diversity functionality
1. Add new attribute to report corresponding antenna information to the
chain RSSI which is used in subcmd
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_CHAIN_RSSI.

2. Add a series of attr to support the new wmi interface
WMI_PDEV_PARAM_ANT_DIV_USRCFG which export parameters setting of antenna
diversity algorithm to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-15 21:30:00 +02:00
Zhang Qian
b4ae5f04dc Add vendor attribute to config propagation delay's absolute value
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_PROPAGATION_ABS_DELAY is added to set
propagation delay's absolute value. This is a more detailed version of
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_PROPAGATION_DELAY.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-15 21:24:25 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7f5f4e46ac Fix QCA_ATTR_NUD_STATS_IS_DAD value
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2017-03-14 21:11:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c0ac6d613 P2P: Run full P2P_FIND scan after pending scan completes
If a P2P_FIND command is issued for running the initial full scan and
the attempt to start that full scan fails, the previous behavior was to
wait for the ongoing scan to complete and then continue p2p_find scan
iterations. However, this continued with the social channels scan
instead of the initial full scan. This could end up missing the full
scan completely.

Fix this by marking the full scan pending if the new scan cannot be
started immediately. Then start the initial full scan after the ongoing
scan completes before moving to social channel only scan iterations.
This applies both for the P2P_FIND_START_WITH_FULL (no specific
frequency set) and P2P_FIND_PROGRESSIVE cases since both of them start
with a single full scan round.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-14 20:41:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3bb082a73 P2P: Continue scanning specified channel with P2P_FIND freq argument
This makes the "P2P_FIND freq=<MHz>" operation more robust by continuing
to include the specified frequency in the consecutive scan rounds
instead of including it only once in the first scan. In other words, the
first scan is only for the specified frequency just like the previous
behavior, but the following scans include all the social channels and
the specified frequency instead of just the previously used social
channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-13 12:50:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76e20f4fa7 FILS: Add FILS SK auth PFS support in STA mode
This adds an option to configure wpa_supplicant to use the perfect
forward secrecy option in FILS shared key authentication. A new build
option CONFIG_FILS_SK_PFS=y can be used to include this functionality. A
new runtime network profile parameter fils_dh_group is used to enable
this by specifying which DH group to use. For example, fils_dh_group=19
would use FILS SK PFS with a 256-bit random ECP group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 23:20:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1764559eef FILS: Add FILS SK auth PFS support in AP mode
This adds an option to configure hostapd to enable use of perfect
forward secrecy option in FILS shared key authentication. A new build
option CONFIG_FILS_SK_PFS=y can be used to include this functionality. A
new runtime configuration parameter fils_dh_group is used to enable this
by specifying which DH group to use. For example, fils_dh_group=19 would
allow FILS SK PFS to be used with a 256-bit random ECP group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 23:20:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cad291d671 FILS: Define authentication algorithm for FILS SK auth with PFS
This is needed to add PFS support into hostapd and wpa_supplicant FILS
shared key authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 22:39:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07a5fe823e OWE: Use AKM 00-0F-AC:11 style parameters for EAPOL-Key frames
draft-harkins-owe-07.txt does not specify these parameters, so need to
pick something sensible to use for the experimental implementation. The
Suite B 128-bit level AKM 00-0F-AC:11 has reasonable parameters for the
DH group 19 case (i.e., SHA256 hash), so use it for now. This can be
updated if the OWE RFC becomes clearer on the appropriate parameters
(KEK/KCK/MIC length, PRF/KDF algorithm, and key-wrap algorithm).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 20:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef9627cbc7 Print the algorithms used for EAPOL-Key professing in log
This makes it easier to debug crypto algorithm selection for 4-way
handshake related functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 20:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef23838590 Return success/failure result from sha384_prf()
This makes the function more consistent with sha256_prf().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 20:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a6147991e OWE: Process Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in STA mode
This adds STA side addition of OWE Diffie-Hellman Parameter element into
(Re)Association Request frame and processing it in (Re)Association
Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09368515d1 OWE: Process Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in AP mode
This adds AP side processing for OWE Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in
(Re)Association Request frame and adding it in (Re)Association Response
frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9561868ec OWE: Add driver capability flag for OWE AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1ea1b4522 OWE: Define and parse OWE AKM selector
This adds a new RSN AKM "OWE".

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c7aac738b OWE: Define and parse Diffie-Hellman Parameter element
Add WLAN_EID_EXT_OWE_DH_PARAM definition and extend
ieee802_11_parse_elems() to recognize this element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 00:23:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e73244c240 tests: Extract-and-Expand HKDF (RFC 5869)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-11 22:40:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ec833daf8 Extend hmac_sha256_kdf() to support HKDF-Expand() as defined in RFC 5869
The KDF define in RFC 5295 is very similar to HKDF-Expand() defined in
RFC 5869. Allow a NULL label to be used to select the RFC 5869 version
with arbitrary seed (info in RFC 5869) material without forcing the
label and NULL termination to be included. HKDF-Expand() will be needed
for OWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-11 22:40:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae1ec1aaf2 OpenSSL: Add wrapper functions for ECDH
These allow ECDH to be used with compressed public key encoding (only
x-coordinate). This is needed for FILS PFS and OWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-11 22:08:48 +02:00
Avraham Stern
e044a9d1e0 common: Add candidate list parsing helper function
Add a helper function that parses candidate list from command line
arguments.

This function will be used (in the following commits) to add
a candidate list to BSS transition management query.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-03-11 10:36:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34f2851902 MBO: Parse MBO ANQP-element on STA
This extends the GAS/ANQP parser in wpa_supplicant to process MBO
ANQP-elements and indicate received Cellular Data Connection Preference
values over the control interface.

When a valid MBO ANQP-element is received, the following control
interface message is sent:

RX-MBO-ANQP <BSSID> cell_conn_pref=<value>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-10 18:57:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
941caed980 MBO: Add MBO ANQP-element processing on AP
This extends the GAS server to process MBO ANQP-elements and reply to a
query for the Cellular Data Connection Preference (if configured). The
new configuration parameter mbo_cell_data_conn_pref can be used to set
the value (0, 1, or 255) for the preference to indicate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-10 18:33:51 +02:00
Avraham Stern
2316cb358c MBO: Add option to add MBO query list to ANQP query
MBO techspec v0.0_r27 changed the MBO ANQP-element format. The MBO
element in ANQP query should now include an MBO Query List element that
contains a list of MBO elements to query.

Add API to add the MBO Query List to an ANQP query.

Format:
ANQP_GET <addr> <info_id>[,<info_id>]...[,mbo:<subtype>...]

Example for querying neighbor report with MBO cellular data
connection preference:
ANQP_GET <bssid> 272,mbo:2

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-03-10 16:53:10 +02:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
7cbb5f1a44 DFS: Handle pre-CAC expired event
As FCC DFS requirement does not explicitly mention about the validity of
the (pre-)CAC when channel is switched, it is safe to assume that the
pre-CAC result will not be valid once the CAC completed channel is
switched or radar detection is not active on the (CAC completed) channel
within a time period which is allowed (10 seconds - channel switch time)
as per FCC DFS requirement.

Use the new driver event to allow the driver to notify expiry of the CAC
result on a channel. Move the DFS state of the channel to 'usable' when
processing pre-CAC expired event.  This means any future operation on
that channel will require a new CAC to be completed. This event is
applicable only when DFS is not offloaded to the kernel driver.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 17:01:50 +02:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
62c8c7f721 nl80211: Handle pre-CAC expired event from the driver
Process the new nl80211 event NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED to allow the
driver to notify expiry of the CAC result on a channel.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 17:01:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
caaaee072b Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-03-06.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-09 16:59:42 +02:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
3dcd735c1e DFS: Handle CAC completion event from other radio
When DFS channel state is shared across multiple radios on the system it
is possible that a CAC completion event is propagated from other radio
to us. When in enabled state, do not proceed with setup completion upon
processing CAC completion event with devices where DFS is not offloaded,
when in state other than enabled make sure the configured DFS channel is
in available state before start the AP.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 16:46:30 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
d0330d57f3 nl80211: Add option to delay start of schedule scan plans
The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan.
This enhances sched_scan to add initial delay (in seconds) before
starting first scan cycle. The driver may optionally choose to
ignore this parameter and start immediately (or at any other time).

This uses NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY to add this via user
global configurable option: sched_scan_start_delay.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 15:44:26 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a1f11e34c4 Use os_memdup()
This leads to cleaner code overall, and also reduces the size
of the hostapd and wpa_supplicant binaries (in hwsim test build
on x86_64) by about 2.5 and 3.5KiB respectively.

The mechanical conversions all over the code were done with
the following spatch:

    @@
    expression SIZE, SRC;
    expression a;
    @@
    -a = os_malloc(SIZE);
    +a = os_memdup(SRC, SIZE);
    <...
    if (!a) {...}
    ...>
    -os_memcpy(a, SRC, SIZE);

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-07 13:19:10 +02:00
Johannes Berg
dbdda355d0 Introduce os_memdup()
This can be used to clean the code and reduce size by converting
os_malloc() followed by os_memcpy() cases to use a single function call.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-07 13:18:49 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
3ab484928a nl80211: Driver command for checking BTM accept/reject
Add driver interface command using the QCA vendor extensions to check
the driverr whether to accept or reject a BSS transition candidate. For
the reject case, report an MBO reject reason code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-07 00:20:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9fd3c244e tests: Add TEST_FAIL() to radius_msg_add_attr()
This makes it easier to test error paths for RADIUS message
construction.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-05 16:37:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de01f254a6 RADIUS server: Fix error paths in new session creation
radius_server_session_free() does not remove the session from the
session list and these radius_server_get_new_session() error paths ended
up leaving a pointer to freed memory into the session list. This
resulted in the following operations failing due to use of freed memory.

Fix this by using radius_server_session_remove() which removes the entry
from the list in addition to calling radius_server_session_free().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-05 16:18:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c803dfcd7 ACS: Fix memory leak if interface is disabled during scan
The survey data was not freed if hostapd interface got disabled during
an ACS scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 17:30:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29be2c090e ACS: Simplify code paths
This removes some unnecessarily duplicated return paths and simplifies
code paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 17:30:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa07d2d463 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() checks in l2_packet
This enables additional test coverage for error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 11:43:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4359923e1 Fix DHCP/NDISC snoop deinit followed by failing re-init
It was possible to hit a double-free on the l2_packet socket if
initialization of DHCP/NDISC snoop failed on a hostapd interface that
had previously had those enabled successfully. Fix this by clearing the
l2_packet pointers during deinit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 11:42:15 +02:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
160dca0784 Add QCA vendor command/attr for BRP antenna limit control
Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_BRP_SET_ANT_LIMIT for setting the number
of antennas that will be active in different modes for each connection.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <qca_ailizaro@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-02 15:05:46 +02:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
e9518ae749 WFD: Add WFD R2 Subelements
Define and add support for WFD R2 Subelements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-01 11:59:57 +02:00
Gaole Zhang
21ac782797 QCA nl80211 vendor attribute for specific sub-20 MHz channel width
Define a new attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_SUB20_CHAN_WIDTH.
This attribute can set a station device to work in 5 or 10 MHz channel
width while in disconnect state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-01 11:55:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff936bc753 Make the third octet of Country String configurable
The new hostapd.conf parameter country3 can now be used to configure the
third octet of the Country String that was previously hardcoded to ' '
(= 0x20).

For example:

All environments of the current frequency band and country (default)
country3=0x20

Outdoor environment only
country3=0x4f

Indoor environment only
country3=0x49

Noncountry entity (country_code=XX)
country3=0x58

IEEE 802.11 standard Annex E table indication: 0x01 .. 0x1f
Annex E, Table E-4 (Global operating classes)
country3=0x04

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-01 10:58:15 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5118319831 trace: Look up start to cope with ASLR
When ASLR is enabled, like it is by default on many distros now,
the trace code doesn't work right.

Fix this by looking up the start of the executable mapping and
subtracing it from all the lookups.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2017-02-28 11:37:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
206516e8c2 af_alg: Crypto wrappers for Linux kernel crypto (AF_ALG)
CONFIG_TLS=linux can now be used to select the crypto implementation
that uses the user space socket interface (AF_ALG) for the Linux kernel
crypto implementation. This commit includes some of the cipher, hash,
and HMAC functions. The functions that are not available through AF_ALG
(e.g., the actual TLS implementation) use the internal implementation
(CONFIG_TLS=internal).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-28 11:24:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b41d3e0a75 crypto: Process des_encrypt() error returns in callers
This updates all the des_encrypt() callers to handle error cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-28 11:24:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f0e165e80 crypto: Add return value to DES and AES encrypt/decrypt
These operations may fail with some crypto wrappers, so allow the
functions to report their results to the caller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-28 11:23:54 +02:00
Peng Xu
5b9f46df0e hostapd: Get channel number from frequency based on other modes as well
When getting the channel number from a frequency, all supported modes
should be checked rather than just the current mode. This is needed when
hostapd switches to a channel in different band.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:24:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c8836f139 FILS: Fix fils_hlp.c build with older netinet/udp.h definitions
The __FAVOR_BSD macro was previously used in netinet/udp.h to select
between two different names of the variables in struct udphdr. Define
that to force the versions with the uh_ prefix. In addition, use the
same style consistently within fils_hlp.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:18:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
57a2aacabf Add option to disable broadcast deauth in hostapd on AP start/stop
The new broadcast_deauth parameter can be used to disable sending of the
Deauthentication frame whenever AP is started or stopped. The default
behavior remains identical to the past behavior (broadcast_deauth=1).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:05:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21ed24f5ad hostapd: Fix potential mesh-related change from impacting non-mesh cases
Commit 01e2231fdc ('hostapd: Skip some
configuration steps for mesh cases') removed some operations based on
hapd->iface->mconf being NULL. This was within #ifdef CONFIG_MESH, so it
should not impact hostapd, but it can impact AP mode with
wpa_supplicant. That does not sound intentional, so make these
conditional on hapd->conf->mesh being enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:05:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
869af30728 FILS: Use FILS Cache Identifier to extend PMKSA applicability
This allows PMKSA cache entries for FILS-enabled BSSs to be shared
within an ESS when the BSSs advertise the same FILS Cache Identifier
value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:05:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba9774bd76 FILS: Fix BSSID in reassociation case
The RSN supplicant implementation needs to be updated to use the new
BSSID whenever doing FILS authentication. Previously, this was only done
when notifying association and that was too late for the case of
reassociation. Fix this by providing the new BSSID when calling
fils_process_auth(). This makes PTK derivation use the correct BSSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-21 12:26:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7eace3787c FILS: Find PMKSA cache entries on AP based on FILS Cache Identifier
This allows PMKSA cache entries to be shared between all the BSSs
operated by the same hostapd process when those BSSs use the same FILS
Cache Identifier value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-21 12:18:58 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
128f6a98b3 mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion
The correct order of deleting a secure channel is to purge all the
secure associations in the channel before actually deleting the secure
channel.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2017-02-20 22:15:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21fda4ee72 RSN: Fix pre-authentication EAPOL-Start startPeriod configuration
The RSN pre-authentication case ended up ignoring the initial
startPeriod value and delayed EAPOL-Start message by two seconds. Fix
this by forcing the first EAPOL-Start message to be sent when running
pre-authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-20 12:48:04 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
3f23260da8 nl80211: Notify reason for connection timeout failure
This adds reason for timeout in event CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT whenever
connection failure happens because of timeout. This extends the
"timeout" parameter in the event to include the reason, if available:
timeout=scan, timeout=auth, timeout=assoc.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-20 10:47:08 +02:00
Peng Xu
ca1ab9db2a hostapd: Get vendor HE capabilities
Allow hostapd query device HE capabilities via vendor command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-19 17:39:33 +02:00
Peng Xu
7785c70bbb QCA vendor command for fetching HE capabilities
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-19 17:39:30 +02:00
Peng Xu
d512f406fc hostapd: Add IEEE 802.11ax HE IEs into Beacon/Probe Response frames
IEEE 802.11ax HE changes to include HE IEs in Beacon and Probe Response
frames. These elements are using vendor specific forms for now since the
IEEE 802.11ax draft is not yet finalized and the element contents is
subject to change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-19 17:37:55 +02:00
Peng Xu
94380cb40a hostapd: Initial IEEE 802.11ax (HE) definitions
Add IEEE 802.11ax definitions for config, IEEE structures, and
constants. These are still subject to change in the IEEE process.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-19 17:37:52 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5972dc73c1 mesh: Use correct rate in VHT and HT mixed environment
Let mesh STA A be a STA which has config disable_ht=0 and disable_vht=1.
Let mesh STA B be a STA which has config disable_ht=0 and disable_vht=0.
The mesh STA A and B was connected.

Previously, the mesh STA A sent frame with VHT rate even though its VHT
was disabled. This commit fixes the issue by checking the local BSS VHT
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-02-19 16:01:17 +02:00
Masashi Honma
84ea61cffe mesh: Use correct rate in HT and legacy mixed environment
Let mesh STA A be a STA which has config disable_ht=1.
Let mesh STA B be a STA which has config disable_ht=0.
The mesh STA A and B was connected.

Previously, the mesh STA A sent frame with HT rate even though its HT
was disabled. This commit fixes the issue by checking the local BSS HT
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-02-19 16:01:17 +02:00
Masashi Honma
a7a638c2c4 hw_features: Move VHT capabilities checks to common
This allows the previous AP-specific functions to be use for IBSS/mesh
setup in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-02-19 15:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e01cf2afc9 Define eapol_sm_get_eap_proxy_imsi() only with CONFIG_EAP_PROXY=y
This function is called only from locations within ifdef
CONFIG_EAP_PROXY, so there is no need to try to cover the not-defined
case here and the function can simply be removed completely if
CONFIG_EAP_PROXY=y is not used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-19 12:28:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8e25deeb8 FT: Merge similar error paths to use common steps
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-19 12:23:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ecbdc1a1fc Mark RSN msg 1/2 key data debug dump as key material
This debug print can include GTK and IGTK, so use wpa_hexdump_key()
instead of wpa_hexdump() for it to avoid undesired exposure of keys in
debug log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-18 21:39:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
834c5d6816 FILS: Fix PMK length for initial connection with FILS SHA384 AKM
While the FILS authentication cases were already using the proper PMK
length (48 octets instead of the old hardcoded 32 octet), the initial
association case had not yet been updated to cover the new FILS SHA384
AKM and ended up using only a 32-octet PMK. Fix that to use 48-octet PMK
when using FILS SHA384 AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 22:15:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e491389ebc FILS: Fix ifdef for PTK derivation with SHA384-based AKM
sha384_prf() is used both with Suite B and FILS, so add CONFIG_FILS as
another alternative to building in this functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 22:15:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e555f9cb0 tests: Add HMAC-SHA256 and HMAC-SHA384 test vectors from RFC 4231
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 22:15:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62944f7d2c Add HMAC-SHA384 with internal crypto
This is a copy of the internal HMAC-SHA256 implementation with the hash
block size and output length updated to match SHA384 parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-16 22:15:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aeecd4eaec OpenSSL: Fix hmac_sha384_vector() implementation
The output length was incorrect (32 from the copy-pasted SHA256
version). Fix this to return the correct number of octets (48) for
SHA384. This fixes incorrect key derivation in FILS when using the
SHA384-based AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 20:59:06 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
5db32adc99 browser-wpadebug: Send HTTP response with HTTP/1.1 header
HTTP response was previously sent as a plaintext without the HTTP header
on port 12345. By default Android webview/Chrome assumes plaintext as
HTTP/0.9 data. Android webview/Chrome has removed support of HTTP/0.9
request/response on non-standard ports, i.e., other than port 80. This
results in error while opening URL 'http://localhost:12345/'.

Fix this by prefixing the HTTP response with the HTTP/1.1 header.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 13:35:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79329ae0aa P2P: Verify local driver preferred frequencies for P2P use cases
Previously the peer operating channel preference was accepted if the
indicated frequency was listed in the local preference list from the
driver. This was assuming that the driver included only channels that
are currently enabled for GO operation. Since that might not be the
case, filter the local preference list by doing an explicit validation
of the indicated channels for P2P support.

This moves the similar validation steps from two other code paths in
p2p_check_pref_chan_recv() and p2p_check_pref_chan_no_recv() into a
common filtering step in p2p_check_pref_chan() for all three cases.

This avoids issues to start the GO in cases where the preferred
frequency list from the driver may include channels that are not
currently enabled for P2P GO use (e.g., 5 GHz band in world roaming
configuration).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 12:40:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a7819f0ad P2P: Add P2P_SET override_pref_op_chan to allow overriding preference
This new P2P_SET parameter uses <op_class>:<channel> format and is used
mainly for testing purposes to allow overriding the value of the GO
Negotiation Response frame Operating Channel attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 12:08:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
364c064a41 FT: Check key derivation results explicitly in AP operations
Previously, any potential (even if very unlikely) local operation error
was ignored. Now these will result in aborting the negotiation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-14 16:33:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f229f2c67d tests: Add TEST_FAIL() to OpenSSL aes_wrap() and aes_unwrap()
This makes it easier to add more testing coverage for error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-14 10:53:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
885bbd4de3 WNM: Remove unused code from BSS TM Req generation
The url argument to ieee802_11_send_bss_trans_mgmt_request() was
hardcoded to NULL in the only caller, so this code cannot be reached.
wnm_send_bss_tm_req() construct the same frame with more generic
parameters, including option for including the URL, so
ieee802_11_send_bss_trans_mgmt_request() can be simplified.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-12 17:44:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7ddd86a98 WNM: Use a common error path in ieee802_11_send_wnmsleep_resp()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-12 17:44:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6d5970e23 WNM: Fix WNM-Sleep Mode Request parsing for WNM-Sleep element
The length of the WNM-Sleep element was not verified before using it.
This could result in reading the subfields in this element (total of
four octets) beyond the end of the buffer. Fix this by ignoring the
element if it is not long enough to contain all the subfields.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-12 17:44:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8492cc79c0 PeerKey: Remove dead code related to STSL negotiation state
The struct wpa_stsl_negotiation seemed to have been for some kind of
tracking of state of PeerKey negotiations within hostapd. However,
nothing is actually adding any entries to wpa_auth->stsl_negotiations or
using this state. Since PeerKey does not look like something that would
be deployed in practice, there is no justification to spend time on
making this any more complete. Remove the dead code now instead of
trying to figure out what it might be used for.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-12 11:15:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d60567030 WMM: Fix estimated medium time calculation for some corner cases
It was possible for the int medium_time variable to overflow, so use a
64-bit unsigned integer to get a large enough value for the
multiplication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-11 12:12:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae26d30213 Fix "IEEE 802.11: Ignored Action frame" debug message
The arguments to printf were in incorrect order which resulted in
incorrect STA address in the debug message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-11 12:08:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ead4c7ecd WMM: Remove obsolete TODO comments
These are more about kernel behavior than anything that hostapd would
implement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-11 10:29:18 +02:00
vamsi krishna
20c846d9ee nl80211: sched_scan relative RSSI parameters
Add driver interface support to set sched_scan relative RSSI parameters
and to indicate driver support for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
37e9f511eb mka: Send MKPDUs forever if mode is PSK
Issue: When 2 peers are running MACsec in PSK mode with CA
established, if the interface goes down and comes up after
time > 10 seconds, CA does not get re-established.

Root cause: This is because retry_count of both the peers
would have reached MAX_RETRY_CNT and stays idle for other to
respond. This is clear deadlock situation where peer A waits
for MKA packets from peer B to wake up and vice-versa.

Fix: If MACsec is running in PSK mode, we should send MKPDUs
forever for every 2 seconds.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76aa318381 EAP: Call deinit_for_reauth() for Phase 2 EAP methods
EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST were previously doing this for init_for_reauth(), but
not for deinit_for_reauth(). Add the deinit_for_reauth() call as well to
cover cases like EAP-AKA cleaup of AT_CHECKCODE data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02156b98b7 EAP-AKA: Don't use anonymous identity in phase2
This adds the same changes to EAP-AKA that were previous done for
EAP-SIM to allow functionality within an EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel
without causing issues to the phase 1 identity string.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Paul Stewart
9e2afe10e6 EAP-SIM: Don't use anonymous identity in phase2
The "anonymous_identity" configuration field has more than one
semantic meaning. For tunneled EAP methods, this refers to the
outer EAP identity. For EAP-SIM, this refers to the pseudonym
identity. Also, interestingly, EAP-SIM can overwrite the
"anonymous_identity" field if one is provided to it by the
authenticator.

When EAP-SIM is tunneled within an outer method, it makes sense
to only use this value for the outer method, since it's unlikely
that this will also be valid as an identity for the inner EAP-SIM
method. Also, presumably since the outer method protects the
EAP-SIM transaction, there is no need for a pseudonym in this
usage.

Similarly, if EAP-SIM is being used as an inner method, it must
not push the pseudonym identity using eap_set_anon_id() since it
could overwrite the identity for the outer EAP method.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Paul Stewart
ed9b1c16d5 EAP peer: Cache decrypted requests for EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA'
Add an internal flag which indicates to tunneled EAP methods (FAST,
PEAP, TTLS) that they should cache decrypted EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' requests.
This allows EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' to be tunneled within these outer methods
while using an external SIM authenticator over the control interface.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
401243b73e RRM: Fix range request overriding
This was supposed to cancel the existing eloop timeout instead of
registering another one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-09 13:26:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb81c0a3d1 RRM: Merge similar error returns to a single one
There is no need to maintain different return paths for STA being
completely not present and not authorized, so merge these into a single
case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-09 13:26:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13b30052d9 RRM: Fix Range Request max age parsing
This 16-bit field uses little endian encoding and it must be read with
WPA_GET_LE16() instead of assuming host byte order is little endian. In
addition, this could be misaligned, so using a u16 pointer here was not
appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-09 13:26:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd6ec7f7ca Fix MAC ACL query freeing on deinit
hapd->acl_cache and hapd->acl_queries were not reset back to NULL in
hostapd_acl_deinit() when cached results and pending ACL queries were
freed. This left stale pointers to freed memory in hapd. While this was
normally followed by freeing of the hapd data, it is possible to re-use
that hapd when disabling and re-enabling an interface. That sequence
could result in use of freed memory if done while there were cached
results or pending ACL operations with a RADIUS server (especially, if
that server did not reply).

Fix this by setting hapd->acl_queries to NULL when the pending entries
are freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-08 23:48:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d6dc6830c FILS: Clean up HLP resize check
The "!wpabuf_resize(...) == 0" condition does not make any sense. It
happens to work, but this is really supposed to simple check with
wpabuf_resize() returns non-zero and "wpabuf_resize(...)" is the
cleanest way of doing so.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 20:50:33 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
8331c9b316 nl80211: Add support for mgmt_tx with random TA
This adds support for specifying a random TA for management frame
transmission commands and driver capability flags for indicating whether
this is supported in not-connected and connected states.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 19:35:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
14fa723a9c Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-01-13.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-07 18:55:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65ab7eb1fa GAS: Fix OSU Providers List response with invalid configuration
If the OSU Providers configuration was invalid (included osu_server_uri
but not osu_method_list), it was possible for the GAS response
generation to hit a NULL dereference. Fix this by checking for the
invalid configuration before trying to fill in the OSU methods.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 17:47:58 +02:00
Günther Kelleter
4bb9b674c8 Add a log message when GTK rekeying failed
It can happen if the station is unreachable or sleeping longer than
the actual total GTK rekey timeout. To fix the latter case
wpa_group_update_count may be increased.

Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
2017-02-07 00:25:36 +02:00
Günther Kelleter
41f140d386 Add hostapd options wpa_group_update_count and wpa_pairwise_update_count
wpa_group_update_count and wpa_pairwise_update_count can now be used to
set the GTK and PTK rekey retry limits (dot11RSNAConfigGroupUpdateCount
and dot11RSNAConfigPairwiseUpdateCount). Defaults set to current
hardcoded value (4).

Some stations may suffer from frequent deauthentications due to GTK
rekey failures: EAPOL 1/2 frame is not answered during the total timeout
period of currently ~3.5 seconds. For example, a Galaxy S6 with Android
6.0.1 appears to go into power save mode for up to 5 seconds. Increasing
wpa_group_update_count to 6 fixed this issue.

Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
2017-02-07 00:25:36 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
e54691106b mka: Some bug fixes for MACsec in PSK mode
Issue:
------
The test setup has 2 peers running MACsec in PSK mode, Peer A with
MAC address higher than MAC Address of peer B. Test sequence is
1. Peer B starts with actor_priority 255
2. Peer A starts with priority 16, becomes key server.
3. Peer A stops..
4. Peer A restarts with priority 255, but because of the stale values
participant->is_key_server(=TRUE) and participant->is_elected(=TRUE)
it continues to remain as Key Server.
5. For peer B, key server election happens and since it has lower MAC
address as compared to MAC address of A, it becomes the key server.
Now we have 2 key servers in CA and is not correct.

Root-cause & fix:
-----------------
When number of live peers become 0, the flags such lrx, ltx, orx,
otx, etc. need to be cleared. In MACsec PSK mode, these stale values
create problems while re-establishing CA.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2017-02-06 21:02:53 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
7faf403f9f mka: Fix an incorrect update of participant->to_use_sak
API ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body() wrongly puts
participant->to_use_sak to TRUE, if Distributed SAK Parameter Set of
length 0 is received. In MACsec PSK mode, this stale incorrect value can
create problems while re-establishing CA. In MACsec PSK mode, CA goes
down if interface goes down and ideally we should be able to
re-establish the CA once interface comes up.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2017-02-06 20:37:58 +02:00
Eduardo Abinader
276e936548 hw_features: Clean center freq for falling back HT40 channels
Some channels fail to be set, when falling back to 20 MHz, due to
remaining VHT info of center freq. As we are going to 20 MHz, reset the
VHT center frequency segment information as well.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardoabinader@gmail.com>
2017-02-06 19:26:07 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
89fa633afb nl80211: Fix error while enabling AP mode with driver-SME
Following commit a70cd0db87 ('Don't
register for Beacon frames for IEEE 802.11ad AP'),
nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() is unconditionally called when starting AP.
This function tries to register for Beacon frames RX which fails for
some driver which don't support such registration and do not need it in
case the driver implements AP mode SME functionality.

Fix this by conditionally calling nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() like prior
to commit a70cd0db87.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-05 20:48:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84bb12aa6d FILS: Fix send_assoc_resp() HLP extension to cover sta == NULL
Commit 91d91abf6f ('FILS: DHCP relay for
HLP requests') added steps that are conditional on sta->fils_hlp_resp
being non-NULL. One of these cases within send_assoc_resp() was properly
protected from sta == NULL error case (that is now possible after a
recent DMG change), but the first one was not. A DMG error case in a
CONFIG_FILS=y build could have hit a NULL pointer dereference here. Fix
this by verifying sta != NULL more consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 16:40:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
275cc94280 FILS: Stop processing if fils_rmsk_to_pmk() fails
While the key derivation steps are not expected to fail, this was
already done on the AP side, so do the same in the STA side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 14:38:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
caab23f192 Set EAPOL-Key Key Length field to 0 for group message 1/2 in RSN
P802.11i/D3.0 described the Key Length as having value 16 for the group
key handshake. However, this was changed to 0 in the published IEEE Std
802.11i-2004 amendment (and still remains 0 in the current standard IEEE
Std 802.11-2016). We need to maintain the non-zero value for WPA (v1)
cases, but the RSN case can be changed to 0 to be closer to the current
standard.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 13:52:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0fb2be77a Do not send GNonce in EAPOL-Key group message 1/2
While the IEEE Std 802.11-2016 is still indicating that GNonce would be
exchanged in EAPOL-Key messages (see, e.g., Figure 12-52 showing the
Send EAPOL-Key operation in the REKEYNEGOTIATING state or the sample
group key handshake in Figure 12-47), there are also examples of
describing this field as having value zero (e.g., 12.7.7.2 Group key
handshake message 1).

GNonce is used only with the Authenticator and the Supplicant does not
have any use for it, so it is better not to expose that internal value.
Hardcode the Key Nonce field to 0 in EAPOL-Key group message 1/2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 13:39:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3bbc470502 Fix EAPOL-Key Install bit in Group Key 1/2 with FT and FILS auth
sm->Pair needs to be initialized to TRUE since unicast cipher is
supported and this is an ESS. However, the normal place for setting this
(WPA_PTK::INITIALIZE) is skipped with using FT protocol or FILS
authentication, so need to do that separately when forcing PTKINITDONE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 13:28:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db5e53cb06 mesh: Fix struct hostapd_data initialization
The local custom version of allocating and initializing struct
hostapd_data within wpa_supplicant_mesh_init() is problematic. This has
already missed couple of initialization steps that are required. Instead
of trying to remember to keep this up to date, use
hostapd_alloc_bss_data() so that there is only one place for this
initialization.

This is fixing a recent issue where FILS HLP started using
hapd->dhcp_server and expected that to be initialized to -1. For the
mesh case, that did not happen and when removing the interface, the FILS
HLP implementation ended up unregistering eloop socket for
hapd->dhcp_server (= 0). This could result in missing socket callbacks
for an arbitrary socket.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-04 22:17:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4d6e79f867 Use defines in hostapd_set_freq_params()
Use the defines for vht_oper_chwidth values more consistently in
hostapd_set_freq_params() to make this more readable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-04 20:50:16 +02:00
Liu Li
0217b8d874 eloop: Fix comments mismatch eloop_event/timeout_handler definitions
Signed-off-by: Liu Li <lli_njupt@163.com>
2017-02-04 20:41:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09a97eb27e Update the copyright notice years for QCA vendor definitions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-04 17:05:30 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
841e9a8c73 QCA vendor command to set the trace levels for the specific QCA module
This commit introduces the vendor command to set the trace level
for the respective QCA host driver module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-04 17:05:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d77f330418 FILS: Fix AES-SIV AAD for (Re)Association Request frame decryption
The hostapd processing of the AES-SIV AAD was incorrect. The design for
the AAD changed between P802.11ai/D7.0 and D8.0 from a single vector
with concatenated data to separate vectors. The change in the
implementation had missed the change in the aes_siv_decrypt() call for
the num_elem parameter. This happened to work with the mac80211
implementation due to a similar error there.

Fix this by using the correct numbers of vectors in the SIV AAD so that
all the vectors get checked. The last vector was also 14 octets too long
due to incorrect starting pointer, so fix that as well. The changes here
are not backwards compatible, i.e., a similar fix in the Linux mac80211
is needed to make things interoperate again.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-04 13:09:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a6c3de23a ERP: Use macro for EMSKname length instead of hardcoded integer value
While RFC 5295 uses "8" as the value to use in the length field in KDF
context when deriving EMSKname, it is clearer to use the macro defining
EMSKname as the value since the KDF design in RFC 5295 encodes the
length of the derived data in octets in that part of the context data.
This change is just making the implementation easier to understand while
not actually changing the behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-03 15:35:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bb3ea71a23 ERP: Fix rIK derivation
Unlike the EMSKname and rRK derivations, rIK derivation is actually
using the "optional data" component in the context data (see RFC 5295).
RFC 6696 defines that optional data to be the cryptosuite field for rIK.
This was missing from the previous implementation and that resulted in
incorrect rIK being derived.

In addition, the rIK Label string does not actually include the "EAP "
prefix in the way as the rRK Label in RFC 6696 does. This would also
have resulted in incorrect rIK value.

Fix rIK derivation by adding the cryptosuite value into the KDF context
data and fixing the label string. This change is not backwards
compatible and breaks all ERP use cases (including FILS shared key
authentication) with older (broken) and new (fixed)
hostapd/wpa_supplicant builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-03 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
124ddfa19e FILS: Parse and report received FILS HLP Containers from response
The new FILS-HLP-RX control interface event is now used to report
received FILS HLP responses from (Re)Association Response frame as a
response to the HLP requests configured with FILS_HLP_REQ_ADD.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-01 18:17:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91d91abf6f FILS: DHCP relay for HLP requests
The new dhcp_server configuration parameter can now be used to configure
hostapd to act as a DHCP relay for DHCPDISCOVER messages received as
FILS HLP requests. The dhcp_rapid_commit_proxy=1 parameter can be used
to configure hostapd to convert 4 message DHCP exchange into a 2 message
exchange in case the DHCP server does not support DHCP rapid commit
option.

The fils_hlp_wait_time parameter can be used to set the time hostapd
waits for an HLP response. This matches the dot11HLPWaitTime in IEEE Std
802.11ai-2016.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-01 18:17:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
54b04d6f39 FILS: Move HLP request handling into a separate file
This is independent functionality from the core IEEE 802.11 management
handling and will increase significantly in size, so it is cleaner to
maintain this in a separate source code file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-31 17:46:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5a9d504938 ProxyARP: Use more robust DHCP option parsing
Do not depend on undefined behavior with pointer arithmetic when
checking whether there is sufficient room for an option.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-31 17:46:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e64c13febb Move DHCP definitions into a common file
These can be reused for other purposes than just the DHCP snoofing for
Proxy ARP. In addition, use more complete definition of the parameters
based on the current IANA registry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-31 17:46:11 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
70407ee5c3 Add QCA vendor definitions for BSS transition status
Introduce definitions for QCA vendor specific subcommands and attributes
for fetching BSS transition status.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 22:31:46 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
53d171440f AP: Check ACL upon association request for 802.11ad
With device_ap_sme disabled, ACL was checked upon authentication
request. In 802.11ad there is no authentication phase so need to check
ACL upon association.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 22:22:40 +02:00
Daniel Kim
4cc61c3866 GAS: Set temporary session timeout bigger than gas_comeback_delay
Previously, the temporary STA session timeout was set to 5 seconds. If
gas_comeback_delay is configured to be longer than 5 seconds, GAS
Comeback Response frame can't include queried information as all pending
data has already been cleared due to session timeout. This commit
resolves the issue by setting session timeout to be larger than
gas_comeback_delay.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Kim <kimdan@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 13:25:48 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
a9491695b3 QCA vendor command to set/get NUD statistics
This commit introduces QCA vendor commands and the corresponding
attributes to set/get NUD (Network Unreachability Detection) statistics.
The set NUD statistics configures the requisite parameters to the host
driver and thereby triggers the start/stop of collection of statistics.
The get stats fetches the statistics collected in the host driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 01:54:30 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
f593b6c11d nl80211: Do not reset vendor_scan_cookie after scan timeout
If vendor_scan_cookie is set to 0 after the scan_abort due to the scan
timeout ends in a cookie mismatch when processing the following
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SCAN_DONE indication. This ends up considering
the scan results as being for an external scan and thus the current
ongoing scan is not removed from the radio_work. Hence, do not reset
this vendor_scan_cookie after the scan abort so that the scan completion
event gets processed properly and vendor_scan_cookie gets cleared at
that point.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 01:54:30 +02:00
Paul Stewart
6d08f23f0a OpenSSL/BoringSSL: Read certificate chain from client_cert on Android
If the keychain holds additional certificates other than the end
certificate, read them into the certificate chain.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2017-01-30 01:54:30 +02:00
Wojciech Dubowik
cc3dae85bd hostapd: Add possibility to send debug messages to syslog
We can only send module specific messages to syslog and not debug
messages printed with wpa_printf. Add an extra command line parameter
'-s' to allow it. The feature is enabled with compile flag
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG as for wpa_supplicant and behaves in the same manner
as the wpa_supplicant -s command line argument.

Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
2017-01-30 00:57:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
968dce9b13 FST: Silence compiler warning on WPA_ASSERT
This was triggering a sign-compare warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-29 18:45:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
17e20b1e2b FST: Remove a bogus WPA_ASSERT()
own_addr is not defined here, so no idea what this WPA_ASSERT() was
trying to check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-29 18:44:36 +02:00
Johannes Berg
cef8fac04b wpa_auth: Make struct wpa_auth_callbacks const
Instead of copying the struct wpa_auth_callbacks, just keep a pointer to
it, keep the context pointer separate, and let the user just provide a
static const structure. This reduces the attack surface of heap
overwrites, since the function pointers move elsewhere.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-29 18:41:26 +02:00
Johannes Berg
30eddf3529 Fix or supress various sparse warnings
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-29 18:33:10 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9eb5757a86 Define helper function set_disable_ht40()
This functionality can be used outside wpa_set_disable_ht40(), so move
the generic part to a helper function.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-01-29 18:04:21 +02:00
Masashi Honma
7813b7c34d nl80211: Fix a memory leak on deinit with HT enabled mesh
Commit a70cd0db87 ('nl80211: Don't
register for Beacon frames for IEEE 802.11ad AP') could cause a trailing
memory leak on IEEE 802.11n enabled mesh. This commit fixes the issue.

-----------------
ELOOP: remaining socket: sock=12 eloop_data=0xba8260 user_data=0xbb3d90 handler=0x4aeb90
WPA_TRACE: eloop unregistered socket handler: 0x4aeb90
     nl80211_recv_beacons() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:625
WPA_TRACE: eloop sock - START
[0]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x431f2a]
     eloop_sock_table_add_sock() ../src/utils/eloop.c:360
[1]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4b0e49]
     nl80211_register_eloop_read() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:153
[2]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4bacf0]
     dl_list_add() src/utils/list.h:30
     nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:728
     wpa_driver_nl80211_set_ap() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:3786
[3]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(ieee802_11_set_beacon+0x150) [0x469700]
     ieee802_11_set_beacon() ../src/ap/beacon.c:1349
[4]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(ieee802_11_set_beacons+0x45) [0x469805]
     ieee802_11_set_beacons() ../src/ap/beacon.c:1368
[5]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x437559]
     mesh_mpm_add_peer() mesh_mpm.c:688
[6]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_mesh_new_mesh_peer+0x42) [0x439182]
     wpa_mesh_new_mesh_peer() mesh_mpm.c:737
[7]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_mesh_notify_peer+0x80) [0x436460]
     wpa_mesh_notify_peer() mesh.c:347
[8]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_supplicant_event+0xc7a) [0x4a69ba]
     wpa_supplicant_event() events.c:4312
[9]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(process_global_event+0xaf0) [0x4c2d40]
     nl80211_new_peer_candidate() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:1247
     do_process_drv_event() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:2322
     process_global_event() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:2360
[10]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libnl-3.so.200(nl_recvmsgs_report+0x3dc) [0x7f937176873c]
[11]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libnl-3.so.200(nl_recvmsgs+0x9) [0x7f9371768ba9]
[12]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4aeb58]
     wpa_driver_nl80211_event_receive() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:1457
[13]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x43242e]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:598
[14]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(eloop_run+0x22e) [0x432e0e]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:589
     eloop_run() ../src/utils/eloop.c:1219
[15]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_supplicant_run+0x77) [0x49e327]
     wpa_supplicant_run() wpa_supplicant.c:5608
WPA_TRACE: eloop sock - END
MEMLEAK[0xba81b0]: len 72
WPA_TRACE: memleak - START
[0]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(os_malloc+0x57) [0x430d67]
     os_malloc() ../src/utils/os_unix.c:690
[1]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(os_zalloc+0xe) [0x430fce]
     os_zalloc() ../src/utils/os_unix.c:749
[2]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4babaa]
     nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:692
     wpa_driver_nl80211_set_ap() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:3786
[3]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(ieee802_11_set_beacon+0x150) [0x469700]
     ieee802_11_set_beacon() ../src/ap/beacon.c:1349
[4]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(ieee802_11_set_beacons+0x45) [0x469805]
     ieee802_11_set_beacons() ../src/ap/beacon.c:1368
[5]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x437559]
     mesh_mpm_add_peer() mesh_mpm.c:688
[6]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_mesh_new_mesh_peer+0x42) [0x439182]
     wpa_mesh_new_mesh_peer() mesh_mpm.c:737
[7]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_mesh_notify_peer+0x80) [0x436460]
     wpa_mesh_notify_peer() mesh.c:347
[8]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_supplicant_event+0xc7a) [0x4a69ba]
     wpa_supplicant_event() events.c:4312
[9]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(process_global_event+0xaf0) [0x4c2d40]
     nl80211_new_peer_candidate() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:1247
     do_process_drv_event() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:2322
     process_global_event() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:2360
[10]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libnl-3.so.200(nl_recvmsgs_report+0x3dc) [0x7f937176873c]
[11]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libnl-3.so.200(nl_recvmsgs+0x9) [0x7f9371768ba9]
[12]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4aeb58]
     wpa_driver_nl80211_event_receive() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:1457
[13]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x43242e]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:598
[14]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(eloop_run+0x22e) [0x432e0e]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:589
     eloop_run() ../src/utils/eloop.c:1219
[15]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_supplicant_run+0x77) [0x49e327]
     wpa_supplicant_run() wpa_supplicant.c:5608
WPA_TRACE: memleak - END
MEMLEAK: total 72 bytes
-----------------

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-01-29 17:55:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5208160b4b FILS: Parse received FILS HLP requests
This adds parsing of received FILS HLP requests from (Re)Association
Request frames. The reassembled requests are verified to be in valid
format and are printed in debug output. However, actual processing or
forwarding of the packets is not yet implemented, i.e., the vendor
specific frame filtering logic is for now practically dropping all HLP
requests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-29 14:32:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5732b770f4 FILS: Allow FILS HLP requests to be added
The new wpa_supplicant control interface commands FILS_HLP_REQ_FLUSH and
FILS_HLP_REQ_ADD can now be used to request FILS HLP requests to be
added to the (Re)Association Request frame whenever FILS authentication
is used.

FILS_HLP_REQ_ADD parameters use the following format:
<destination MAC address> <hexdump of payload starting from ethertype>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-29 14:32:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1aa2aebc2 Remove unused WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_* definitions
This gets rid of an unnecessary duplication of the definitions since all
the code has now been moved to using the earlier RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_*
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 14:05:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a042e39acf nl80211: Use RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_* instead of WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_*
This is a step towards getting rid of the unnecessary duplication of
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 14:04:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2373a31170 Define all RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_* values
This adds the cipher suite selector values for ciphers that are not
really used with RSN, but are needed to be able to replace
WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_* definitions with RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_*.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 14:03:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89ba101e14 Remove unused WLAN_AKM_SUITE_* definitions
This gets rid of an unnecessary duplication of the definitions since all
the code has now been moved to using the earlier RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_*
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 12:36:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bf9f8a0525 Use RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* instead of WLAN_AKM_SUITE_* for wpa_akm_to_suite()
This is a step towards getting rid of the unnecessary duplication of
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 12:34:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3aa24db953 nl80211: Use RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* instead of WLAN_AKM_SUITE_*
This is a step towards getting rid of the unnecessary duplication of
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 12:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1343fa6ba Remove unnecessary ifdef from RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* definitions
These FT AKM suite selectors might be needed in code even if
CONFIG_IEEE80211R is not defined.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 12:26:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
510fc2dfc9 Fix AKM suite selectors for FILS and Suite B
IEEE 802.11 standard defines the suite selectors in <OUI>:<subtype>
format where OUI uses hexadecimal format and subtype decimal format.
These WLAN_AKM_SUITE_* definitions ended up getting written incorrectly
by interpretting the decimal part as hexadecimal and as such, by having
an incorrect value. However, the older RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* values were
defined with correct values and those definitions were used in most
locations.

This commit fixes the AKM suite selector values in RADIUS WLAN-AKM-Suite
attribute for FILS and Suite B. In addition, the AKM values used in
nl80211 driver configuration (NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES) are fixed for the
Suite B cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 23:13:10 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
d7d0f909f1 QCA vendor command to carry the reason for power save failure
This commit defines a QCA vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CHIP_PWRSAVE_FAILURE that carries required
information leading to the power save failure. This will be an event
from the host driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-23 18:47:16 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
4c4070005a QCA vendor command to enable host driver offload ACS to user space
This commit introduces the QCA vendor command and the attributes which
facilitate the host driver to use an external user space entity for
performing automatic channel selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-23 06:32:59 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4d77d80edd mesh: Add MESH_PMKSA_GET/ADD commands
These commnds are mesh version of PMKSA_GET/ADD commands. So the usage
and security risk is similar to them. Refer to
commit 3459381dd2 ('External persistent
storage for PMKSA cache entries') also.

The MESH_PMKSA_GET command requires peer MAC address or "any" as an
argument and outputs appropriate stored PMKSA cache. And the
MESH_PMKSA_ADD command receives an output of MESH_PMKSA_GET and re-store
the PMKSA cache into wpa_supplicant. By using re-stored PMKSA cache,
wpa_supplicant can skip commit message creation which can use
significant CPU resources.

The output of the MESH_PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:
<BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <expiration in seconds>

The example of MESH_PMKSA_ADD command is this.
MESH_PMKSA_ADD 02:00:00:00:03:00 231dc1c9fa2eed0354ea49e8ff2cc2dc cb0f6c9cab358a8146488566ca155421ab4f3ea4a6de2120050c149b797018fe 42930
MESH_PMKSA_ADD 02:00:00:00:04:00 d7e595916611640d3e4e8eac02909c3c eb414a33c74831275f25c2357b3c12e3d8bd2f2aab6cf781d6ade706be71321a 43180

This functionality is disabled by default and can be enabled with
CONFIG_PMKSA_CACHE_EXTERNAL=y build configuration option.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-01-14 18:07:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa67debf4c Fix duplicate Reassociation Request frame dropping
Relational operators (==) have higher precedence than the ternary
conditional in C. The last_subtype check for association/reassociation
was broken due to incorrect assumption about the precedence. Fix this by
adding parenthesis around the ternary conditional.

The previous implementation worked for Association Request frames by
accident since WLAN_FC_STYPE_ASSOC_REQ happens to have value 0 and when
the last receive frame was an Association Request frame, the
sta->last_subtype == reassoc check was true and non-zero
WLAN_FC_STYPE_REASSOC_REQ was interpreted as true. However, this was
broken for Reassociation Request frame. reassoc == 1 in that case could
have matched received Association Response frame (subtype == 1), but
those are not received in AP mode and as such, this did not break other
behavior apart from not being able to drop duplicated Reassociation
Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-14 01:04:31 +02:00
Slava Monich
6ff92677a1 wext: Cancel send_rfkill timeout in deinit
Signed-off-by: Slava Monich <slava.monich@jolla.com>
2017-01-14 00:07:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcd3d6ce32 FILS: Fix PMK and PMKID derivation from ERP
This adds helper functions for deriving PMK and PMKID from ERP exchange
in FILS shared key authentication as defined in IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016,
12.12.2.5.2 (PMKSA key derivation with FILS authentication). These
functions is used to fix PMK and PMKID derivation which were previously
using the rMSK directly as PMK instead of following the FILS protocol to
derive PMK with HMAC from nonces and rMSK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 21:07:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef495c78dd OpenSSL: Implement sha384_vector()
This was forgotten from the addition of SHA384 support and is now needed
for FILS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 21:05:19 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
a70cd0db87 nl80211: Don't register for Beacon frames for IEEE 802.11ad AP
Beacon frames are not supported in IEEE 802.11ad network (DMG-beacons
used instead). To allow hostapd to manage IEEE 802.11ad AP with
device_ap_sme disabled, skip nl80211_register_beacons() for IEEE
802.11ad AP.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 15:58:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2aa21a3bf Assign additional vendor specific elements for early HE testing
These elements can be used for pre-standard publication testing of HE
before P802.11ax draft assigns the element ID extension. The payload of
these vendor specific elements is defined by the latest P802.11ax draft.
Please note that the draft is still work in progress and the element
payload is subject to change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 15:05:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c85dfc6f84 nl80211: Set NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER for connect and associate
This allows kernel to force disconnection if something kills the
wpa_supplicant process in a manner that does not allow proper cleanup to
be performed. The association is not supposed to be allowed to continue
after process has ended since there are number of operations that
wpa_supplicant may need to do during the association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 15:05:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d07f450da9 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-01-06.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-13 15:05:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2442f2568 nl80211: Debug prints for TDLS_OPER command and result
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-08 17:12:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f9b4a0f1d bgscan: Deliver beacon loss event to bgscan modules
This adds a call to the notify_beacon_loss() callback functions when
beacon loss is detected. In addition, a new CTRL-EVENT-BEACON-LOSS event
is made available through the wpa_supplicant control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-08 12:17:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
688556722c nl80211: More complete processing of connection quality monitor events
This adds processing of beacon loss events and generation of an internal
EVENT_BEACON_LOSS event based on them for wpa_supplicant processing. In
addition, number of consecutively lost (not acknowledged) packets is now
reported and TXE events are noted in the debug log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-08 12:11:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
167f78a5e8 Send BEACON-REQ-TX-STATUS event only for beacon reports
Check the action TX status callback contents more thoroughly and report
the BEACON-REQ-TX-STATUS event only if the Measurement Type indicates
beacon report.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-07 22:23:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5de6823f7a tests: TEST_FAIL() support for os_get_random()
This allows more testing for rarely executed error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-07 22:15:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4ec6bbfd8 nl80211: Register for Link Measurement Report frames in AP mode
This is needed to be able to get the response to a link measurement
request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-07 18:46:10 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
05e5e615e6 AP: Skip authentication/deauthentication phase for DMG/IEEE 802.11ad
Authentication and Deauthentication frames are not used in DMG/IEEE
802.11ad networks. For DMG/IEEE 802.11ad the following was implemented:
Upon receiving association request, allocate the sta object and
initialize it as if authentication took place. Upon receiving
disassociation, deallocate the sta object.
ap_sta_disassociate/ap_sta_deauthenticate/ap_sta_disconnect all use
disassociation instead of deauthentication. In driver_nl80211,
i802_sta_deauth() is routed to i802_sta_disassoc().

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-05 17:28:23 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
0c4b9025c1 AP: Do not look for supported rates in DMG/IEEE 802.11ad
Supported Rates element is not present in DMG/IEEE 802.11ad frames. Make
copy_supp_rates() immediately return with success if hardware mode is
IEEE 802.11ad.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-05 17:05:00 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
517b5f928f nl80211: Zero num_modes if nl80211_get_hw_feature_data() fails
It was possible that nl80211_get_hw_feature_data() function would return
NULL when num_modes is not set to zero. This might result in a later crash
when accessing hw.modes. This may be reproduced with hwsim oom tests, for
example, dbus_connect_oom.
Fix that by zeroing num_modes if NULL is returned.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2017-01-05 16:22:53 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
39c5da3284 nl80211: Use correct attribute for scan flags in vendor scan
This fixes the netlink attribute identifier for the scan flags when
using QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_TRIGGER_SCAN.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-05 15:49:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec45927b8a Report received beacon report with BEACON-RESP-RX event
The new hostapd control interface event "BEACON-RESP-RX <STA address>
<dialog token> <report mode> <beacon report>" is now used to report
received beacon reports as a reponse to the REQ_BEACON operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 16:02:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3383366aa Report beacon request TX status as control interface event
The new BEACON-REQ-TX-STATUS control interface event is now used to
report whether a beacon request (from REQ_BEACON command) was delivered
successfully. This event has the following parameters: <STA address>
<dialog token> <ack=0/1>.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 16:02:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90d9d7c32a Beacon request through hostapd control interface
The new control interface command "REQ_BEACON <STA addr>
[req_mode=<mode>] <beacon request>" can now be used to request hostapd
to transmit a measurement request to request a beacon report from an
associated STA. This command returns the assigned dialog token (1-255)
or FAIL on failure.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 16:02:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f56877414c Do not add own BSS in neighbor report with invalid op_class/channel
Verify that ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() succeeds before adding the
own BSS in the neighbor report.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 15:18:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aeff0645d2 FILS: Fix FILS Realm Information ANQP-element construction
The loop to add hash values was supposed to be limited to at most 10000
values, but the count variable was not being decremented in the loop.
Fix this by decrementing counting for each iteration. This fixes
ANQP-element format in the unlikely case of there being more than 10000
configuration realms.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 15:18:30 +02:00
Avraham Stern
b3060bf99f common: Add helper function to convert RSSI to RCPI
This conversion will be done several times in the code, so add a helper
function that does this conversion.

Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
c9ff8e5f6e common: Add function to get an operating class by its number and country
Add a function to get operating class definition (including bandwidth,
channel numbers, etc.) from the operating class number and country.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
e4f1d879cd common: Add non-global to global operating classes conversion
Add helper function that converts non-global operating classes to global
operating classes according to IEEE Std 802.11-2016, Annex E.

Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
96a5f14ee4 nl80211: Add support for additional scan parameters for beacon report
Add support for:
 1. Setting scan dwell time
 2. Parsing scan start TSF and beacon received TSF reported
    by the driver
 3. Setting driver capabilities for the above

These capabilities are needed for Beacon Report radio measurement.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
c16b9f8d33 driver: Add scan support to beacon report
Add the following parameters to scan request:
 1. Dwell time on each channel.
 2. Whether the specified dwell time is mandatory.

In addition, add to scan results info the time that the scan actually
started, and to each scan result the time the beacon/probe was received,
both in terms of TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the
scan is connected to (if available).

Add flags to indicate whether the driver supports dwell time
configuration and scan information reporting.

This scan configuration and information is required to support beacon
report radio measurement.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
d1c74f8c98 Add RRM definitions for beacon report measurement
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bbad185c13 P2P: Fix compilation warning in p2p_add_device()
The address of msg.device_name array is obviously always true, and some
compilers even warn about it.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2016-12-30 00:49:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2977f5193a GAS: Remove unnecessarily duplicate gas_frag_limit configuration
The actual BSS configuration parameter can be updated with the SET
control interface command, so there is no need to maintain a separate
per-BSS parameter and a separate control interface handling for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-30 00:23:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1940559ea4 FT: Drop FT Action frames if ft_over_ds=0
Previously, the hostapd ft_over_ds parameter was used to only advertise
whether FT-over-DS is enabled in MDE and leave it to the stations to
follow that advertisement. This commit extends this to explicitly reject
(silently drop) FT Action frames if a station does not follow the
advertised capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-29 01:13:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78022c8366 Fix memory leak on hostapd eap_user_file parsing error paths
Need to free all the pending completed EAP users if a parsing error
prevents the file from being used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-28 14:47:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95de34a10a Remove trailing whitespace
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-28 14:31:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3567730589 RADIUS server: Increase maximum number of sessions
It was possible to hit the previously used maximum of 100 active session
in some hwsim test case sequences like this one: eap_proto_pwd_errors
eap_proto_ikev2_errors eap_proto_sim_errors. This happened due to the
large number of RADIUS authentication iterations in short period of
time, i.e., within the 10 second timeout for expiring completed
sessions.

Increase RADIUS_MAX_SESSION from 100 to 1000 and also reduce the timeout
on expiring completed sessions from 10 to 5 seconds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-27 12:14:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9266d00bf9 hostapd: Reject invalid macaddr_acl value
Previously, this was noted in error log, but the invalid value was
stored in the configuration without rejecting it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-27 11:43:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1dfd25a68a Fix hostapd SIGHUP processing before interface is enabled
It was possible to try to do driver operations before the driver
interface had been initialized when processing a SIGHUP signal. This
would result in NULL pointer dereference. Fix this by skipping the steps
when SIGHUP is issued before the interface is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-27 11:16:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34e29dfd4b Remove unnecessary NULL check from hostapd_config_read_wpa_psk() call
This function is already checking the fname argument against NULL, so
use that check on its own instead of duplicating the check in the only
caller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-26 17:42:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
946315f172 tests: More ieee802_11_vendor_ie_concat() coverage
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-26 14:44:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
901e6fabcb tests: More ieee802_11_parse_elems() coverage for new elements
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-26 14:30:50 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
65dfa87286 mka: Make MKA actor priority configurable
This adds a new wpa_supplicant network profile parameter
mka_priority=0..255 to set the priority of the MKA Actor.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2016-12-25 11:41:46 +02:00
Joel Cunningham
04f02faac4 Fix wpa_cipher_to_alg() return type
wpa_cipher_to_alg() returns enumerated values from enum wpa_alg and all
uses of the return value treat it as enum wpa_alg (by either assigning
it to a variable of type enum wpa_alg or passing to a function that
expects enum wpa_alg).

This commit updates the return value to match the expected usage
(enum  wpa_alg) rather than int. This ensures the return value is
of the proper type and eliminates the following compiler warnings:

ARM RVCT (2.2):
  'Warning: #188-D: enumerated type mixed with another type'

Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
2016-12-21 12:48:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7f12e4eb9 OpenSSL: Make sure local certificate auto chaining is enabled
Number of deployed use cases assume the default OpenSSL behavior of auto
chaining the local certificate is in use. BoringSSL removed this
functionality by default, so we need to restore it here to avoid
breaking existing use cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-21 12:23:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4be02b71bb OpenSSL: Remove SSL_{CTX_,}_clear_options ifdefs
This simplifies the implementation since the SSL_clear_options() and
SSL_CTX_clear_options() are available in all supported versions of
OpenSSL. These were previously needed with older (now obsolete) versions
of OpenSSL, but the ifdefs were missed when removing the more explicit
version macro based backwards compatibility sections.

In practice, this reverts commit
d53d2596e4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-21 12:06:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7655bd7388 P2P: Do not use wait_time for SD Response TX without fragmentation
The full SD Response frame is not going to be followed by another Action
frame from the peer, so remove the 200 ms wait time from the offchannel
TX command in that case. This avoids leaving a 200 ms lock on the radio
to remain on the channel unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-21 00:18:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f0fdaf0e4 Fix race condition between AssocResp callback and 4addr event
It is apparently possible for the NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME
event to be delivered to hostapd before the NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS
event for (Re)Association Response frame. This resulted in the 4-address
WDS mode not getting enabled for a STA. This could occur in particular
when operating under heavy load and the STA is reconnecting to the same
AP in a sequence where Deauthentication frame is followed immediately by
Authentication frame and the driver event processing gets delayed due to
removal of the previous netdev taking time in the middle of this
sequence.

Fix this by recording a pending item for 4-address WDS enabling if the
NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME event would have been dropped due to
incompleted association and then process this pending item if the TX
status for the (Re)Association Response frame is received and it shows
that the frame was acknowledged.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-20 01:30:09 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
a6f3761f7d eap_proxy: Add support for SIM state change indication from eap_proxy
This registers a new callback to indicate change in SIM state. This
helps to do some clean up (more specifically pmksa_flush) based on the
state change of the SIM. Without this, the reconnection using the cached
PMKSA could happen though the SIM is changed.

Currently eap_proxy_sim_state corresponds to only SIM_STATE_ERROR. This
can be further extended.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-19 22:21:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79a54ab9f6 eap_proxy: Fix eap_proxy_init() prototype to use const eapol_cb
The eapol_cb structure was made const and that change resulted in a
compilation warning/error if CONFIG_EAP_PROXY=<name> is enabled in the
wpa_supplicant build configuration. Fix this by updating the function
prototype to match the change.

Note: This results in a change needed to external eap_proxy_*.c
implementations to match the change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-19 22:14:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e414f4f021 PeerKey: Fix STK 4-way handshake regression
Commit c93b7e1888 ('RSN: Check result of
EAPOL-Key frame send request') forgot to update two PeerKey users of
EAPOL-Key TX functions. That resulted in STK handshake failing since
message 2/4 and 4/4 TX calls were assumed to have failed when the return
value was changed from 0 to a positive value for success case. This
resulted in not updating nonce information properly and hitting
following error when processing STK 4-way handshake message 3/4:

RSN: INonce from message 1 of STK 4-Way Handshake differs from 3 of STK
4-Way Handshake - drop packet (src=<addr>)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-18 19:56:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
28fb9bb195 PeerKey: Fix EAPOL-Key processing
Commit 6d014ffc6e ('Make struct
wpa_eapol_key easier to use with variable length MIC') forgot to update
number of EAPOL-Key processing steps for SMK and STK exchanges and broke
PeerKey. Fix this by updating the Key Data field pointers to match the
new style with variable length Key MIC field.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-18 19:07:29 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
7508c2ad99 PAE: Make KaY specific details available via control interface
Add KaY details to the STATUS command output.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@hpe.com>
2016-12-18 17:47:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b54f43390e FILS: Make FILS Indication element information available in BSS output
This extends wpa_supplicant BSS command to parse FILS Indication
element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-18 11:41:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8183aee6cc FILS: Add support for building FILS Realm Information ANQP-element
This allows full list of hashed realm names to be fetched from hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-18 11:41:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
26bf70e3d2 FILS: Separate FILS realm configuration from ERP domain
The new hostapd configuration parameter fils_realm=<realm> can now be
used to configure one or more FILS realms to advertise for ERP domains
when using FILS. This replaces the use of erp_domain=<domain> parameter
for the FILS use case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-17 22:08:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42b847ac1e FILS: Fix hashed realm name derivation
P802.11ai/D7.0 changed from CRC32 to SHA256 as the hash algorithm for
the FILS realm name. Update the implementation to match that change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-17 22:07:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29062f2932 Update various definitions based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016
This updates definitions for Status Codes, Reason Codes,
Information Element IDs, Action frame categories, Public Action
codes, Protected Dual of Public Action codes, Advertisement
Protocol ID, and ANQP info IDs based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-17 12:27:49 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
0babae87ad Fix wpa_supplicant build error with IEEE8021X_EAPOL unset
Add missing inline stubs for newly added functions.

Fixes: 3459381dd2 ("External persistent storage for PMKSA cache entries")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2016-12-14 16:37:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19810d29bc Make Beacon IEs available in wpa_supplicant BSS command
This makes both the Probe Response and Beacon frame IEs available to
upper layers if scan results include both IE sets. When the BSS command
mask includes WPA_BSS_MASK_BEACON_IE, a new beacon_ie=<hexdump> entry
will be included in output if the BSS entry has two separate sets of IEs
(ie=<hexdump> showing the Probe Response frame contents and
beacon_ie=<hexdump> the Beacon rame contents).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-13 20:07:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cebda0e3e5 Make debug print clearer for AP/mesh mode secondary channel issues
If the secondary channel was not found at all, no debug print was shown
to indicate that the channel was rejected due to that problem. Print a
clearer message indicating which channel was behind the reason to reject
channel configuration as unsuitable for AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-13 15:09:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3459381dd2 External persistent storage for PMKSA cache entries
This adds new wpa_supplicant control interface commands PMKSA_GET and
PMKSA_ADD that can be used to store PMKSA cache entries in an external
persistent storage when terminating a wpa_supplicant process and then
restore those entries when starting a new process. The previously added
PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events can be used to help in synchronizing
the external storage with the memory-only volatile storage within
wpa_supplicant.

"PMKSA_GET <network_id>" fetches all stored PMKSA cache entries bound to
a specific network profile. The network_id of the current profile is
available with the STATUS command (id=<network_id). In addition, the
network_id is included in the PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events. The
output of the PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:

<BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <reauth_time in seconds> <expiration in seconds>
<akmp> <opportunistic>

For example:

02:00:00:00:03:00 113b8b5dc8eda16594e8274df4caa3d4 355e98681d09e0b69d3a342f96998aa765d10c4459ac592459b5efc6b563eff6 30240 43200 1 0
02:00:00:00:04:00 bbdac8607aaaac28e16aacc9152ffe23 e3dd6adc390e685985e5f40e6fe72df846a0acadc59ba15c208d9cb41732a663 30240 43200 1 0

The PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:

<network_id> <BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <reauth_time in seconds> <expiration
in seconds> <akmp> <opportunistic>

(i.e., "PMKSA_ADD <network_id> " prefix followed by a line of PMKSA_GET
output data; however, the reauth_time and expiration values need to be
updated by decrementing them by number of seconds between the PMKSA_GET
and PMKSA_ADD commands)

For example:

PMKSA_ADD 0 02:00:00:00:03:00 113b8b5dc8eda16594e8274df4caa3d4 355e98681d09e0b69d3a342f96998aa765d10c4459ac592459b5efc6b563eff6 30140 43100 1 0
PMKSA_ADD 0 02:00:00:00:04:00 bbdac8607aaaac28e16aacc9152ffe23 e3dd6adc390e685985e5f40e6fe72df846a0acadc59ba15c208d9cb41732a663 30140 43100 1 0

This functionality is disabled be default and can be enabled with
CONFIG_PMKSA_CACHE_EXTERNAL=y build configuration option. It should be
noted that this allows any process that has access to the wpa_supplicant
control interface to use PMKSA_ADD command to fetch keying material
(PMK), so this is for environments in which the control interface access
is restricted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-12 23:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c579312736 Add PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events to wpa_supplicant
These allow external program to monitor PMKSA cache updates in
preparation to enable external persistent storage of PMKSA cache.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-12 21:00:43 +02:00
Daisuke Niwa
655dc4a432 Send "TERMINATING" event from hostapd
hostapd didn't send "TERMINATING" event when stopped by
SIGTERM. Android handles this event to stop monitor thread.

This commit adds "TERMINATING" event same as with wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sonymobile.com>
2016-12-12 20:32:28 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
62cd9d7926 nl80211: Specify the BSSID in the QCA vendor scan
This allows the vendor scan to be optimized when a response is needed
only from a single, known BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:36:16 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
444930e5b6 Define an attribute to do a specific BSSID QCA vendor scan
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:36:13 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
cea761472a Add QCA vendor command definitions for IDs 61-73
This commit documents the QCA vendor commands 61-73 and the
corresponding definitions of the attributes. This set of commands were
previously reserved for QCA without documentation here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:32:20 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
cb0cc6efa6 Define QCA Beacon miss threshold attributes for 2.4 and 5 GHz bands
These thresholds values indicate how many Beacon frames can be missed
before before disconnecting from the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:11:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c313c8a5d8 Fix QCA vendor command values for SAR power limits
Commit c79238b6a4 ('Define a QCA vendor
command to configure SAR Power limits') had a mismatch between the enum
qca_vendor_attr_sar_limits_selections documentations and actual values.
The BDF SAR profiles are 0-based, so rename the enum values and reorder
the values keep the actual values more convenient. While this changes
values over the interface, this is justifiable since the new command was
introduced only recently and it had not been released in any driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:08:25 +02:00
Mayank Haarit
0a6c9dc700 P2P: Send P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event on peer changing device name
This is to handle the case when peer changes device name and same needs
to be updated to upper layers by P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event. It is similar
to the case when a peer changes wfd_subelems and P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event
goes to upper layers.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
2016-12-11 12:45:08 +02:00
Mayank Haarit
9a431d4932 WFD: Clear wfd_subelems when P2P peer stops sending them
When a peer device stops sending wfd_subelems, wpa_supplicant should
remove dev->info.wfd_subelems from peer's properties. Previously,
wpa_supplicant left the previously learned dev->info.wfd_subelems in
place whenever the new message did not include wfd_subelems.

In addition to fixing the clearing of the old wfd_subelems, this
resolves another issue. As "wfd_changed" variable becomes true even when
peer stops sending wfd_subelems and dev->info.wfd_subelems has an old
value, a new P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event notification was sent again and
again to upper layers whenever a new discovery response was received
from the peer that previously advertised WFD subelements.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2016-12-11 12:45:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71ac934530 Make update_idx available in BSS control interface command
This can be used to perform more accurate tests on BSS entry updates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-10 17:03:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49aa88bb5e P2P: Clear PEER_WAITING_RESPONSE on GO Negotiation success
Previously, this flag was cleared only in case of failed GO Negotiation.
That could leave the flag set for a peer and if a new group formation
was performed with the same peer before the entry expired, there was
increased risk of getting stuck in a state where neither peer replied to
a GO Negotiation Request frame if a GO Negotiation Response frame with
Status 1 was dropped.

The error sequence could happen in the go_neg_with_bss_connected test
case when timing was suitable to make the second GO negotiation drop a
pending TX Action frame if the GO Negotiation Response with Status 1 was
scheduled for transmission during a P2P scan and P2P_CONNECT was issued
before that scan got aborted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-10 00:16:33 +02:00
Jeff Johnson
c79238b6a4 Define a QCA vendor command to configure SAR Power limits
There is a regulatory requirement for Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
whereby the device transmit power is reduced when it is determined that
the device is in close proximity to the body. Implement a vendor command
interface to allow a userspace entity to dynamically control the SAR
power limits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-08 18:56:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f5eb69f85 Use eloop timeout for post-EAP-Failure wait before disconnection
Previously, os_sleep() was used to block the hostapd (or wpa_supplicant
AP/P2P GO mode) processing between sending out EAP-Failure and
disconnecting the STA. This is not ideal for couple of reasons: it
blocks all other parallel operations in the process and it leaves a
window during which the station might deauthenticate and the AP would
have no option for reacting to that before forcing out its own
Deauthentication frame which could go out after the STA has already
started new connection attempt.

Improve this design by scheduling an eloop timeout of 10 ms instead of
the os_sleep() call and perform the delayed operations from the eloop
callback function. This eloop timeout is cancelled if the STA
disconnects or initiates a new connection attempt before the 10 ms time
is reached. This gets rid of the confusing extra Deauthentication frame
in cases where the STA reacts to EAP-Failure by an immediate
deauthentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-08 18:56:02 +02:00
Ningyuan Wang
ed0a4ddc22 nl80211: Update drv->ssid on connect/associate event based on BSS data
On a connect nl80211 event, wpa_supplicant uses
wpa_driver_nl80211_get_ssid() to fetch the current associated SSID to
compare to existing configurations. However,
wpa_driver_nl80211_get_ssid() uses drv->ssid, which is a cached value.
It is set when we explicitly initial a connect request using
wpa_supplicant. If the association was initiated outside of
wpa_supplicant, we need another way to populate drv->ssid. This commit
sets drv->ssid based on cfg80211 BSS information on connect/associate
nl80211 events.

Signed-off-by: Ningyuan Wang <nywang@google.com>
2016-12-05 12:08:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f346fadc8 nl80211: Fix scan_state update in no pending scan state
Commit adcd7c4b0b ('nl80211: Support
vendor scan together with normal scan') made the drv->scan_state updates
for NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS and NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED
conditional on drv->last_scan_cmd being NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN. This
missed the part about the possibility of last_scan_cmd == 0 and an
externally started cfg80211 scan is ending. This could leave
drv->scan_state into SCAN_STARTED state even after the scan was
completed. Consequently, hwsim test cases could get stuck in reset()
handler waiting for scan to terminate.

Fix this by updating drv->scan_state also in drv->last_scan_cmd == 0
case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-05 11:48:26 +02:00
Michael Braun
34f7c699a6 Add multicast to unicast support
This adds support for nl80211 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST
command.

By setting the new hostapd configuration option multicast_to_unicast=1,
hostapd configures this AP to perform multicast to unicast conversion.

When enabled, all multicast packets with ethertype ARP, IPv4, or IPv6
(possibly within an 802.1Q header) will be sent out to each station once
with the destination (multicast) MAC address replaced by the station's
MAC address. Note that this may break certain expectations of the
receiver, e.g., the ability to drop unicast IP packets encapsulated in
multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send destination unreachable
messages in such cases.

This also does not implement Directed Multicast Service (DMS).

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-12-04 21:00:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f2c0a22a9 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-12-02.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-04 20:50:07 +02:00
Sam Tannous
08032c7418 Remove inactivity timeout for wired interfaces
We should unconditionally remove inactivity timers for wired network
cases. This commit checks for this after a new station association:

   hapd->iface->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WIRED

and then cancels the timeout and does not register a new one.

It prints out a debug message like this:

1476740180.276286: IEEE 802.1X: 00:02:00:00:00:07 CTRL_DIR entering
state FORCE_BOTH
1476740180.276295: hostapd_new_assoc_sta: canceled wired ap_handle_timer
timeout for 00:02:00:00:00:07

This was tested on a debian jessie amd64 system with a configured 120
second inactivity timer and the session did not timeout.

Signed-off-by: Sam Tannous <stannous@cumulusnetworks.com>
2016-12-04 20:38:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1fce3911f nl80211: Optimize memory use in nl80211_get_assoc_freq()
Do not use the generic bss_info_handler() design to fetch all scan
results into temporary memory buffer. Instead, use a separate BSS info
handler that fetches the requested information without fully parsing the
BSS entries and without allocating any memory for collecting all the
results.

This is also simplifying bss_info_handler() and nl80211_parse_bss_info()
design by getting rid of the special case that was used only for
nl80211_get_assoc_freq() and not normal scan result fetching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 22:37:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da2c284169 nl80211: Reduce nl80211_dump_scan() memory need
Instead of fetching all scan results to a temporary buffer, debug print
scan result dump directly from the message handler function one BSS at a
time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 22:14:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b72a01bc5a nl80211: Split bss_info_handler() into a separate parser function
This allows a single scan result to be parsed at a time. This is a step
towards optimizing scan result fetching without having to allocate
memory for all entries at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 19:36:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cfadab269f nl80211: Move duplicate scan result removal to bss.c
The way the removal of duplicated (one per frequency) BSS entries in the
cfg80211 scan results were removed in driver_nl80211_scan.c
bss_info_handler() depended on having the full scan results available to
allow iteration through the other entries. This is problematic for the
goal of being able to optimize memory allocations for scan result
fetching in a manner that would not build the full result buffer in
memory.

Move this duplicate removal into bss.c since it has sufficient
information available for doing the same determination of which one of
two BSS entries is more current.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 19:26:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a1cf26ecf nl80211: Add more debug details to duplicate scan entry removal
This makes it easier to understand which cfg80211 entry got removed as
obsolete duplicate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:59:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
865081c307 privsep: Support frequency list for scan requests
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:27:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da818ee5e9 privsep: Support multiple scan SSIDs
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:17:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
002b504d19 privsep: Coding style cleanup for struct definitions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:06:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3c43e5855 privsep: Fix scan result fetching with Beacon frame IEs
wpa_priv did not yet support Beacon frame IEs (res->beacon_ie_len) which
resulted in invalid scan data being accepted in driver_privsep.c. Add
support for res->beacon_ie_len and also fix the validation step to take
this new variable length field into account.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:02:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c8fef7869d nl80211: Split nl80211_check_bss_status() into a separate function
This allows a single scan result to be checked at a time. This is a step
towards optimizing scan result fetching without having to allocate
memory for all entries at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-02 20:54:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e35e137298 nl80211: Separate channel noise fetch from scan result processing
This untangles the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY handler loop from
NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN processing so that the per-channel noise
information can be fetched with a common function to a local data
structure that can then be easily used to update individual scan results
(a single BSS) instead of having to go through a full set of scan
results. This is a step towards optimizing scan result fetching without
having to allocate memory for all entries at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-02 20:48:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cb2b666670 Fix 4addr reassociation-without-deauthentication on AP
Data connection was lost if a station reassociated without the STA entry
being cleaned up on the AP side. Fix this by moving reconfiguration of
the STA WDS parameters in association response callback to happen only
after the STA flags have been updated to associated stated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-02 12:51:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0ed37b64 wired: Mark some common helper functions static
These are used only within driver_wired_common.c now at the end of the
refactoring changes, so there is no need to make these helper functions
available outside driver_wired_common.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-11-30 20:08:39 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
f014d9dbf0 macsec_linux: Add a driver for macsec on Linux kernels
This uses libnl3 to communicate with the macsec module available on
Linux. A recent enough version of libnl is needed for the macsec.h file
(which is not yet available in a formal libnl release at the time of
this commit).

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 20:08:36 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
8618313b6e drivers: Move driver_wired_get_ssid() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d27c42baea drivers: Move driver_wired_get_bssid() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
9281e5c5ce drivers: Move driver_wired_get_capa() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00